{"title":"Home page","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"h-potter-gift-card","title":"H Potter Gift Card","description":"Give the gift of timeless elegance and outdoor inspiration with an H Potter Gift Card. Our gift cards are your passport to a world of premium garden decor, trellises, planters, and home accents. Perfect for any occasion, from birthdays to weddings, anniversaries to housewarmings, an H Potter Gift Card lets your loved ones choose from a range of finely crafted products. \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLet them explore a selection of garden trellises, stunning planters, outdoor lanterns, and exquisite home decor, all designed and manufactured with over 25 years of expertise. With H Potter, quality and craftsmanship are not just a promise; they're our tradition. \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThese gift cards make it easy to share your passion for elegant outdoor and indoor living. A thoughtful and versatile gift that allows your friends and family to enhance their spaces with enduring style. Your loved ones can select from a collection of handcrafted, unique pieces, each backed by our commitment to enduring beauty and quality.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGive the gift of choice. Give an H Potter Gift Card.","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"$10.00","offer_id":47013807423796,"sku":"GIFT CARD 10","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$25.00","offer_id":47013807522100,"sku":"GIFT CARD 25","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$50.00","offer_id":47013807554868,"sku":"GIFT CARD 50","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$100.00","offer_id":47013807620404,"sku":"GIFT CARD 100","price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$200.00","offer_id":48913061609780,"sku":"GIFT CARD 200","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/products\/hpotterlogoamazonebc-268264.jpg?v=1698340798"},{"product_id":"h-potter-small-outdoor-planter-tall-indoor-antique-copper","title":"H Potter 29\" Tall Santa Fe Planter Small Antique Copper","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDECORATIVE COPPER PLANTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eEach planter is built from hand-hammered stainless steel, and preserved with a unique copper antique finish and a clear-coat lacquer to protect the planter from the elements. Whether you are placing this planter in your entryway, patio, deck, or outdoor or indoor room, grace your home and garden with this stylish home decor accent.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eINDOOR OR OUTDOOR DECOR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eFlower planter is approximately 11 inches square at the widest and 29 inches high. Copper finish interplays with the environment as only rich coppery tones can. This planter garden box will make an eye-catching conversation piece wherever it’s placed and it fits in nearly any location. Unique and sturdy, if you’re looking for something memorable, this planter set would make a perfect wedding decoration or birthday gift idea.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePLANT WITH EASE\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eComes with a convenient custom planter insert with drainage holes that can be removed for easy planting and care. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eSolid construction yet lightweight to move easily. At the base of the planter you will find a drainage hole and grate. This feature allows you to fill the base with rocks for stability while still allowing for ample drainage. If you choose to use indoors, simply cover the grate with a water catching receptacle of your choice.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products for nearly 30 years. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. Packaged well, with stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/decorative-candle-lanterns\/candle-lantern-glass-replacement\/\"\u003euse this link\u003c\/a\u003e to purchase lantern glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter planters are made with stainless steel. To create the antique copper finish, first the planters are electroplated with a copper finish, next we apply a hand-rubbed antique finish and the final step is an application of a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. To add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the inside and outside of the planter. This can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. You might also choose to apply this protective covering before first use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYour water may contain minerals, chlorine and\/or fluoride which may be unfriendly to the finish on the planter. H Potter planters are not designed to be used as fountains. Water spilling over the sides of the planter may affect the finish of the planter and\/or may cause water stains or water spots. Additives in the soil used might also contain chemicals which when over-watered may spill over the sides and run down the planter potentially affecting the finish. Water sitting in the drainage tray may also affect the finish of the tray.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe choose to clean our planters with a soft, non-abrasive cloth along with water and a small amount of mild dish soap.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eIf you are using the planter outdoors, you might consider inside storage during the winter based on the weather conditions in your area.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: medium;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eFlower planter is approximately 11 inches square at widest and 29 inches high. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Planter","offer_id":48563868827956,"sku":"GAR683","price":139.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Planter and Drip Tray","offer_id":48563868860724,"sku":"GAR683 W\/TRAY","price":166.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-planter-29-tall-santa-fe-small-stone-patio.png?v=1773945264"},{"product_id":"h-potter-tall-outdoor-planter-tall-outdoor-indoor-antique-copper","title":"H Potter 35\" Tall Santa Fe Planter Large Antique Copper","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTALL DECORATIVE COPPER PLANTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Each planter is built from hand-hammered stainless steel, and preserved with a unique copper antique finish and a clear-coat lacquer to protect the planter from the elements. Grace your entryway and connect with the outdoors or place around your home and garden on the patio, deck, or outdoor room. This home decor accent is designed to add character to your living space, indoors or out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eINDOOR OR OUTDOOR DECOR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Flower planter is approximately 13 inches square at the widest and 35 inches high. Copper finish interplays with the environment as only rich coppery tones can. This planter garden box will make an eye-catching conversation piece wherever it’s placed and it fits in nearly any location. Unique and sturdy, if you’re looking for something memorable, this planter set would make a perfect wedding decoration or birthday gift idea. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePLANT WITH EASE\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Comes with a convenient custom planter insert with drainage holes that can be removed for easy planting and care. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Solid construction yet lightweight to move easily. At the base of the planter you will find a drainage hole and grate. This feature allows you to fill the base with rocks for stability while still allowing for ample drainage. If you choose to use indoors, simply cover the grate with a water catching receptacle of your choice.  \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products for over 25 years. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. Packaged well, with stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/decorative-candle-lanterns\/candle-lantern-glass-replacement\/\"\u003euse this link\u003c\/a\u003e to purchase lantern glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter planters are made with stainless steel. To create the antique copper finish, first the planters are electroplated with a copper finish, next we apply a hand-rubbed antique finish and the final step is an application of a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. To add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the inside and outside of the planter. This can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. You might also choose to apply this protective covering before first use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYour water may contain minerals, chlorine and\/or fluoride which may be unfriendly to the finish on the planter. H Potter planters are not designed to be used as fountains. Water spilling over the sides of the planter may affect the finish of the planter and\/or may cause water stains or water spots. Additives in the soil used might also contain chemicals which when over-watered may spill over the sides and run down the planter potentially affecting the finish. Water sitting in the drainage tray may also affect the finish of the tray.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe choose to clean our planters with a soft, non-abrasive cloth along with water and a small amount of mild dish soap.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eIf you are using the planter outdoors, you might consider inside storage during the winter based on the weather conditions in your area.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: medium;\"\u003eFlower planter is approximately 13 inches square at widest and 35 inches high. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Planter","offer_id":48563869024564,"sku":"GAR682","price":179.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Planter and Drip Tray","offer_id":48563869057332,"sku":"GAR682 W\/TRAY","price":207.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-planter-35-tall-santa-fe-large-stone-patio.png?v=1773945263"},{"product_id":"h-potter-round-column-flower-garden-planters-indoor-outdoor-set-of-two","title":"H Potter Hand Hammered Planter Set GAR684","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSET OF 2 TALL DECORATIVE COPPER PLANTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Each planter is built from hand-hammered stainless steel, and preserved with a unique copper antique finish and a clear-coat lacquer to protect the planters from the elements. Grace your entryway with this pair or place around your home and garden on the patio, deck, or outdoor room. This home decor accent is designed to add character to your living space, indoors or out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eINDOOR OR OUTDOOR DECOR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Each copper flower planter is approximately 14 inches square at the widest and 28 inches tall and 9 lbs each. Copper finish interplays with the environment as only rich coppery tones can. This set of planter garden boxes will make an eye-catching conversation piece wherever they are placed and fit in nearly any location. Unique and sturdy, if you’re looking for something memorable, this planter set would make a perfect wedding decoration or birthday gift idea. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePLANT WITH EASE\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Comes with a convenient custom planter insert with drainage holes that can be removed for easy planting and care. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Solid construction yet lightweight to move easily. At the base of the planter you will find a drainage hole and grate. This feature allows you to fill the base with rocks for stability while still allowing for ample drainage. If you choose to use indoors, simply cover the grate with a water catching receptacle of your choice or consider adding our newly designed, custom drip tray option above. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products for over 25 years. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. Packaged well, with stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/decorative-candle-lanterns\/candle-lantern-glass-replacement\/\"\u003euse this link\u003c\/a\u003e to purchase lantern glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter planters are made with stainless steel. To create the antique copper finish, first the planters are electroplated with a copper finish, next we apply a hand-rubbed antique finish and the final step is an application of a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. To add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the inside and outside of the planter. This can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. You might also choose to apply this protective covering before first use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYour water may contain minerals, chlorine and\/or fluoride which may be unfriendly to the finish on the planter. H Potter planters are not designed to be used as fountains. Water spilling over the sides of the planter may affect the finish of the planter and\/or may cause water stains or water spots. Additives in the soil used might also contain chemicals which when over-watered may spill over the sides and run down the planter potentially affecting the finish. Water sitting in the drainage tray may also affect the finish of the tray.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe choose to clean our planters with a soft, non-abrasive cloth along with water and a small amount of mild dish soap.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eIf you are using the planter outdoors, you might consider inside storage during the winter based on the weather conditions in your area.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: medium;\"\u003e Each copper flower planter is approximately 14 inches square at the widest and 28 inches tall. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390290735412,"sku":"GAR684","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-tall-column-planter-stone-patio-set-2_de86085e-b838-4f04-acdf-fb5baf91bfcb.png?v=1775152846"},{"product_id":"h-potter-tall-garden-screen-trellis-extra-large-patio-screen","title":"H Potter Trellis Tall Black Garden Screen - Extra Large Metal Patio Screen","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1 (recommended): H Potter Tall Garden Screen Trellis – Extra Large Metal Patio Privacy Screen\nMeta title: H Potter Tall Garden Screen Trellis – Extra Large Metal Privacy Screen | GAR685\nMeta description (\u003c=160): Extra large H Potter metal garden screen trellis in black powder-coated iron, 82\" wide x 88\" high with 18\" ground spikes for privacy and climbing plants.\nFirst 160 chars opener: An extra large black metal garden screen trellis designed for privacy, climbing plants, and dramatic vertical structure in outdoor spaces.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hp-card h3{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-grid .hp-card{margin:0}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0;margin:0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n.hp-tip strong{color:#5F7A19}\n\n.hp-table-wrap{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:10px auto 0;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6;border-radius:8px;overflow:hidden}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd;font-weight:800}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;vertical-align:top}\n\n.hp-links a,.hub-nav a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover,.hub-nav a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n.hub-nav{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hub-nav h4{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n  .hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n  .hp-section{font-size:1.2em}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Garden Trellises — Built to Last Outdoors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTRO \/ EEAT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn extra large metal garden screen trellis from H Potter\u003c\/strong\u003e—designed to create privacy, support heavy climbing plants, and add dramatic vertical structure to outdoor spaces. With its broad scale, strong iron frame, and clean black finish, GAR685 brings the presence of a true architectural garden element.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it as a freestanding privacy screen, against a fence or wall, or as a bold support for climbing roses, bougainvillea, mandevilla, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, ivy, and other vigorous vines. Its generous size makes it especially effective for courtyards, patios, and garden areas where you want both function and visual impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, H Potter has designed premium garden products built for real outdoor conditions—crafted to look refined, perform season after season, and supported by responsive customer care.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 82\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 88\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGround spikes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18\" included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional support:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 - 36 inch heavy-duty external spikes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 106 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty iron with tube frame construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e flat black powder coat + protective clear sealer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e ships in two heavy boxes; some assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge patios, courtyards, and garden privacy zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting heavy climbing plants and mature vine growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating fencing-like structure or a dramatic vertical screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers who want a bold black finish \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-scale landscape and outdoor living projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign note:\u003c\/strong\u003e GAR685 has the presence of a true garden screen, making it a strong choice when you want privacy and structure without sacrificing elegance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY YOU'LL LOVE IT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhy You’ll Love This Tall Garden Screen Trellis\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra large scale:\u003c\/strong\u003e At nearly 7 feet wide and over 7 feet tall, this trellis makes a dramatic statement in the landscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy plant material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong iron construction and secure anchoring help support mature climbers and vigorous vines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy with elegance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creates screening and enclosure while still feeling open and refined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use it freestanding, against fencing, or in multiples to create a private garden haven.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBold black finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flat black powder coat offers a clean, architectural look that stands out beautifully in the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- DIMENSIONS \/ SPECS TABLE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\" aria-label=\"Tall garden screen trellis specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGAR685\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround spikes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\" included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional support\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 - 36\" heavy-duty external spikes included, use as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 106 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips in two boxes; some assembly required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial + finish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty iron with flat black powder coat and protective clear coat sealer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrivacy trellis, patio screen, large climbing plant support, garden divider, wall or fence accent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Because this trellis is both large and heavy, proper use of the included 18\" ground spikes and external supports is important for the best long-term stability. Also included are 2 external spikes (36\" each) if your soil is soft and requires extra stabilization. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- HOW TO USE \/ PLACEMENT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhat Can I Do With This Trellis Screen?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe H Potter GAR685 is designed for gardeners and homeowners who want more than a small decorative trellis. Its extra large footprint makes it ideal for screening, defining space, and supporting large climbers in outdoor living areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate patio privacy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use it to partially screen seating areas, boundaries, or neighboring views.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport heavy climbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent for bougainvillea, roses, clematis, mandevilla, jasmine, ivy, and honeysuckle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild a garden backdrop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds strong vertical structure behind planting beds or outdoor furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse in multiples:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combine several screens to create fencing-like enclosure or a private garden retreat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Climbing Plants\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA large screen trellis like GAR685 is especially useful for climbers that need generous width, strong support, and room to mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eFlowering Favorites\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBougainvillea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClematis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMandevilla\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eCoverage \u0026amp; Screening\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoneysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIvy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther vigorous decorative climbers suited to your region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spread growth evenly across the full width early in the season so the trellis fills in more uniformly and functions better as a living privacy screen.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- HUB GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eComplete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hub-nav\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e📚 Complete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 10px 0 15px; font-size: 0.95em;\"\u003eExplore our comprehensive trellis resources:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003e🏡 Shop Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-buying-guide\"\u003eTrellis Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/climbing-plants-for-a-trellis\"\u003eClimbing Plants Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-installation-guide\"\u003eTrellis Installation Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/seasonal-trellis-decor\"\u003eSeasonal Trellis Decor Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/how-its-made-h-potter-trellises\"\u003eHow It's Made\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- BLOG INTERNAL LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eTrellis Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these articles for large-scale placement ideas, trellis styling, and climbing plant inspiration:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/10-creative-ways-to-use-trellises-in-your-garden-design\" title=\"10 creative ways to use trellises in your garden design\"\u003e10 Creative Ways to Use Trellises in Your Garden Design\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/history-of-trellises\" title=\"History of trellises\"\u003eHistory of Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/best-climbing-plants-for-trellises\" title=\"Best climbing plants for trellises\"\u003eBest Climbing Plants for Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/metal-trellis-decor-ideas-for-your-outdoor-living-spaces\" title=\"Metal trellis decor ideas for your outdoor living spaces\"\u003eMetal Trellis Decor Ideas for Your Outdoor Living Spaces\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/8-stand-out-metal-trellises-to-fall-in-love-with\" title=\"8 stand out metal trellises to fall in love with\"\u003e8 Stand-Out Metal Trellises to Fall in Love With\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS \u0026 CARE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty iron construction designed for outdoor durability and long-term performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated flat black with a high-grade clear coat protective sealer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you’d like extra protection, apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually. If small hairline cracks or scratches occur during shipping, assembly, or installation, touch up the area with a clear outdoor spray to help seal exposed metal.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the included 18\" ground spikes and external support spikes as needed for best stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use care during assembly to avoid marring the finish; touch up with clear spray paint if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall mounting option:\u003c\/strong\u003e If optional wall mounting brackets are used, proper hardware should be selected based on your installation surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT FAQs --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs GAR685 a freestanding trellis screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. GAR685 can be used as a \u003cstrong\u003efreestanding garden screen trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e when properly installed with the included ground spikes and external supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow large is this trellis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis trellis measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e82 inches wide by 88 inches high\u003c\/strong\u003e, plus 18-inch ground spikes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat plants grow best on this tall trellis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePopular choices include \u003cstrong\u003ebougainvillea, climbing roses, mandevilla, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and ivy\u003c\/strong\u003e, especially plants that benefit from a wide, strong support structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this trellis include anchoring hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. GAR685 includes \u003cstrong\u003e18-inch ground spikes\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as \u003cstrong\u003e2 36\"\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty external spikes\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional support as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this trellis be used for privacy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. GAR685 is an excellent \u003cstrong\u003epatio privacy trellis and garden screen\u003c\/strong\u003e, especially when combined with climbing plants or used in multiples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this trellis require assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eSome assembly is required\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the trellis ships in several boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SCHEMA: FAQPage + BreadcrumbList (NO Product schema) --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\":[\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is GAR685 a freestanding trellis screen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. GAR685 can be used as a freestanding garden screen trellis when properly installed with the included ground spikes and external supports.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How large is this trellis?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This trellis measures approximately 82 inches wide by 88 inches high, plus 18-inch ground spikes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What plants grow best on this tall trellis?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Popular choices include bougainvillea, climbing roses, mandevilla, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and ivy, especially plants that benefit from a wide, strong support structure.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this trellis include anchoring hardware?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. GAR685 includes 18-inch ground spikes as well as heavy-duty external spikes for additional support as needed.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this trellis be used for privacy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Absolutely. GAR685 is an excellent patio privacy trellis and garden screen, especially when combined with climbing plants or used in multiples.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this trellis require assembly?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Some assembly is required, and the trellis ships in two boxes.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\":\"BreadcrumbList\",\n  \"itemListElement\":[\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":1,\"name\":\"Home\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/\"},\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":2,\"name\":\"Garden Trellises\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/garden-trellis\"},\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":3,\"name\":\"Tall Garden Screen Trellis (GAR685)\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-tall-garden-screen-trellis-extra-large-patio-screen\"}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003c!-- ========================= END PRODUCT PAGE ========================= --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390294896948,"sku":"GAR685","price":696.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-trellis-tall-black-garden-screen-front-yard_eaa0918d-9741-402a-bc10-6b93c888f4af.jpg?v=1775170037"},{"product_id":"h-potter-large-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art","title":"H Potter Trellis – Large Gothic Black Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants - 73\" Tall","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1 (recommended): H Potter Trellis – Large Gothic Black Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants\nMeta title: H Potter Gothic Black Garden Trellis 73” Tall | GAR686\nMeta description: Large H Potter Gothic black garden trellis 73” tall and 32” wide with powder-coated iron construction and ground spikes for climbing plants and privacy screens.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hp-card h3{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-grid .hp-card{margin:0}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0;margin:0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n.hp-tip strong{color:#5F7A19}\n\n.hp-table-wrap{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:10px auto 0;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6;border-radius:8px;overflow:hidden}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd;font-weight:800}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;vertical-align:top}\n\n.hp-links a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n.hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n.hp-section{font-size:1.2em}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Garden Trellises — Built for Real Outdoor Conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTRO \/ EEAT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe H Potter Gothic garden trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a striking vertical garden accent designed to provide both decorative beauty and functional plant support. Featuring a classic Gothic arch design and durable iron construction, this trellis creates an elegant focal point for garden beds, borders, patios, and landscape installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e73 inches tall and 32 inches wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the GAR686 trellis offers ample climbing space for flowering vines such as roses, clematis, jasmine, and honeysuckle. Its strong iron frame and powder-coated black finish allow it to perform season after season in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, H Potter has designed premium garden products built for real outdoor conditions—crafted for durability, thoughtful design, and long-lasting garden performance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 73\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black powder-coated exterior with protective sealer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ground spikes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding or mount to wall with optional brackets that can be purchased separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minor assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses, clematis, jasmine, and honeysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative vertical garden structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden privacy screens and focal points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio, deck, and courtyard landscaping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gothic arch design adds height and architectural interest even before plants begin to climb.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY YOU'LL LOVE IT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhy Gardeners Love This Gothic Trellis\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Gothic design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elegant lines create a striking vertical focal point in gardens and landscape beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for climbing plants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong iron grid provides reliable support for roses, clematis, vines, and flowering climbers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed as a freestanding trellis but can also be wall mounted using optional brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable powder-coated finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weather-resistant black coating protects the metal for long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable design options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available individually or in coordinated multi-trellis sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SIZE OPTIONS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAvailable Set Options\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis trellis can be used alone or combined with additional panels for larger garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-2-large-black-iron\"\u003eSet of 2 Large Trellises (GAR686)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-tall-black-metal-1-large-2-small\"\u003eSet of 3 Trellises (GAR686 + GAR687)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- DIMENSIONS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGAR686\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat with protective clear sealer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding with ground spikes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- BLOG LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eGarden Trellis Guides\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore tips for selecting and styling garden trellises:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/5-best-places-to-install-your-trellis\"\u003eBest Places to Install a Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/designing-with-a-metal-garden-trellis\"\u003eDesigning with a Metal Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/best-climbing-plants-for-trellises\"\u003eBest Climbing Plants for Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/how-to-train-vining-plants-on-your-trellis\"\u003eHow to Train Climbing Plants on a Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/the-timeless-allure-of-metal-garden-trellises\"\u003eThe Timeless Appeal of Metal Garden Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e H Potter trellises are constructed from heavy-duty iron designed for long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated black finish with a protective clear sealer helps protect against outdoor weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For additional protection, apply a clear outdoor metal spray coating annually and touch up scratches if they occur.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- HUB GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eComplete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hub-nav\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 10px 0 15px; font-size: 0.95em;\"\u003eExplore our comprehensive trellis resources:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003e🏡 Shop Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-buying-guide\"\u003eTrellis Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/climbing-plants-for-a-trellis\"\u003eClimbing Plants Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-installation-guide\"\u003eTrellis Installation Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/seasonal-trellis-decor\"\u003eSeasonal Trellis Decor Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/how-its-made-h-potter-trellises\"\u003eHow It's Made\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this trellis stand on its own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The GAR686 is designed as a freestanding trellis when installed using the included ground spikes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this trellis be mounted to a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Optional wall mounting brackets (GAR678) allow this trellis to be installed against a wall or fence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat plants grow best on this trellis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis trellis works well with climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and other flowering vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this trellis available in multiple sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The coordinated set of three includes one large GAR686 and two smaller GAR687 trellises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ SCHEMA --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\n\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this trellis stand on its own?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The GAR686 is designed as a freestanding trellis when installed using the included ground spikes.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this trellis be mounted to a wall?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Optional wall mounting brackets allow this trellis to be installed against a wall or fence.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What plants grow best on this trellis?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and other flowering vines grow well on this trellis.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this trellis available in sets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This trellis is available individually or in a set of two, and in a set of three with smaller coordinating trellises.\"}}\n]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n\"@type\":\"BreadcrumbList\",\n\"itemListElement\":[\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":1,\"name\":\"Home\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\"},\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":2,\"name\":\"Trellises\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/trellises\"},\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":3,\"name\":\"Gothic Garden Trellis\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-large-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"}\n]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390302466356,"sku":"GAR686","price":209.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-trellis-metal-black-finish-large-gothic-garden-view.jpg?v=1778258067"},{"product_id":"h-potter-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art","title":"H Potter Trellis – Gothic Black Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants - 62\"Tall","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1 (recommended): H Potter Trellis – Gothic Black Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants\nMeta title: H Potter Gothic Black Garden Trellis | GAR687 | Metal Trellis for Climbing Plants\nMeta description: H Potter Gothic black garden trellis (GAR687) stands 62\" tall with ground spikes for climbing plants, landscaping, privacy, or wall mounting with optional brackets.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee}\n\n.hp-links a,.hub-nav a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover,.hub-nav a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n.hub-nav{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n.hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Garden Trellises — Built for Real Outdoor Conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTRO \/ EEAT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe H Potter Gothic garden trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e combines architectural design with functional plant support. Standing 62 inches tall, this freestanding black trellis adds vertical structure to garden beds, landscaping borders, patios, and backyard spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its strong iron frame and decorative Gothic styling, this trellis works beautifully both with climbing plants and as standalone yard art. Train roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, or ivy up the metal framework, or place it against fences and walls for visual structure in your landscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough designed to stand freely using ground stakes, the trellis can also be mounted to a wall using optional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall mounting brackets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, H Potter has designed premium garden products built for real outdoor environments. Our trellises are engineered for durability, craftsmanship, and long-term outdoor performance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: GAR687\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 62 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Heavy duty iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: ¾\" square metal tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner bars: 6mm square bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchoring: Ground stakes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing plants and vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscape structure and garden design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative yard art\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence or wall accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combine multiple trellises together to create a layered architectural garden display.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- DIMENSIONS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾ inch square iron tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat with protective sealer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding with ground stakes or wall mounted using GAR678 brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RELATED PRODUCTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRelated Gothic Trellis Options\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-black-trellis-set-of-2-iron-outdoor-landscape-yard-art-gothic-style\"\u003e Set of 2 Gothic Trellises (GAR687S2) \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-tall-black-metal-1-large-2-small\"\u003e Set of 3 Gothic Trellises (GAR686 + 2 GAR687) \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-large-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003e Large Gothic Trellis (GAR686) \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Climbing Plants\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClematis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoneysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIvy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guide new plant growth toward the trellis early in the season to encourage even coverage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- HUB GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eComplete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hub-nav\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 10px 0 15px; font-size: 0.95em;\"\u003eExplore our comprehensive trellis resources:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003e🏡 Shop Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-buying-guide\"\u003eTrellis Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/climbing-plants-for-a-trellis\"\u003eClimbing Plants Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-installation-guide\"\u003eTrellis Installation Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/seasonal-trellis-decor\"\u003eSeasonal Trellis Decor Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/how-its-made-h-potter-trellises\"\u003eHow It's Made\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- BLOG LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eTrellis Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/best-climbing-plants-for-trellises\"\u003eBest Climbing Plants for Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/designing-with-a-metal-garden-trellis\"\u003eDesigning with a Metal Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/benefits-to-vertical-gardening\"\u003eBenefits of Vertical Gardening\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/10-creative-ways-to-use-trellises-in-your-garden-design\"\u003eCreative Ways to Use Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter trellises are crafted from heavy duty iron for strength and durability. The metal is finished with a black powder coat and sealed with a protective coating designed to withstand outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo extend the life of your trellis, you may apply a clear outdoor spray annually. Minor scratches can be touched up easily with outdoor clear coat spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this trellis freestanding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The trellis includes ground stakes so it can stand securely in garden soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this trellis be mounted to a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use optional GAR678 wall mounting brackets if you prefer to mount the trellis to a wall or fence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat plants work best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClimbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and ivy are excellent choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan multiple trellises be combined?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Many customers combine multiple trellises to create larger landscape displays or privacy screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Freestanding Trellis","offer_id":48584136556852,"sku":"GAR687","price":169.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Trellis with Wall Brackets","offer_id":48584136589620,"sku":"GAR687W1","price":195.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-small-gothic-trellis-black-arch-garden-view.jpg?v=1778258423"},{"product_id":"h-potter-geometric-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art","title":"H Potter Geometric Iron Garden Trellis – Small 58\" Tall Black Powder-Coated Finish","description":"\u003cul class=\"a-unordered-list a-vertical a-spacing-none\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBLACK FINISH - METAL GARDEN TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – New from the H Potter design team, our geometric trellis is here with solid lines and swooping planes. Built from solid iron, this trellis offers functional vine support ideal for climbing plants such as roses, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Accentuate your fencing by placing this trellis next to it, or grow climbing plants up the trellis to create your own unique garden living wall, add as wall decor to your outdoor spaces, or simply place as the centerpiece of your backyard garden. No matter where you plan on placing this trellis around your home and garden, this piece will stand out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Professionally packaged with some assembly required, this large metal trellis is ready to stand the test of time in your garden. With dimensions of 24 inches wide and 58 inches tall, plus 13 inch ground spikes, this heavy duty trellis comes with a secure anchoring system that will support heavy plant material. Keep your plants supported and your garden and home a safe space with the garden trellis. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFREESTANDING METAL TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Take your outdoor space to the next level, and enhance the environment around your home. With its unique design and heavy durable iron construction, this H Potter trellis is the perfect fit for garden entrances, patios, decks, wall art, or as a privacy screen, or standalone for climbing plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBLACK POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – With a beautiful black powder coat finish, this trellis provides a beautiful and stylish appeal for your garden. Ideal for summer plants or to support flowering vine, or as a standalone piece in the fall and winter. This trellis is your perfect solution to year round decor with its weather resistant finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. This trellis is powder-coated a flat black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions 24\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e inches wide by 58 inches high, plus 13 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great option to use for decorating your garden or outdoor wall space. Beautiful on their own or adorned with climbing plants, a trellis can be just the thing you need to enhance your yard. In addition to their beauty, a trellis can also offer great privacy. Our H Potter Large Iron Garden Trellis will look great wherever you put it. Use it to add some elegance to your wall or fence area, or get a few metal garden trellises and create a private haven in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390511821108,"sku":"GAR689","price":169.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-geometric-iron-garden-trellis-lifestyle.jpg?v=1778101834"},{"product_id":"h-potter-tall-geometric-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-large-wall-art","title":"H Potter Metal Garden Trellis - Black Finish - Tall Geometric - 82\"Tall","description":"\u003cul class=\"a-unordered-list a-vertical a-spacing-none\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBLACK FINISH - TALL GARDEN TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – New from the H Potter design team, this tall geometric trellis is built with solid lines and swooping planes. Iron trellis offers functional vine support ideal for climbing plants such as roses, mandevilla, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Accentuate your fencing by placing this trellis next to it, or grow climbing plants up the trellis to create your own unique garden fencing option, add as wall decor to your outdoor spaces, or simply place as the centerpiece of your garden. No matter where you plan on placing this trellis around your home and garden, this piece will stand out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Professionally packaged with some assembly required, this large metal trellis is ready to stand the test of time in your garden. With dimensions of 18 inches wide and 82 inches tall, plus 13 inch ground spikes, this heavy duty trellis comes with a secure anchoring system that will support heavy plant material. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE ULTRA SLIM METAL TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – This espalier style trellis is perfect even for challenging settings like narrow row houses or urban homes. On their own, they add character and style to bare walls and when bursting with blooms, they create a stunning connection between your home and garden. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBLACK POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – With a beautiful black powder coat finish, this trellis provides a beautiful and stylish appeal for your garden. Ideal for summer plants or to support flowering vine, or as a standalone piece in the fall and winter. This trellis is your perfect solution to year round decor with its weather resistant finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. This trellis is powder-coated a flat black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions 18\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e inches wide by 82 inches high, plus 13 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great option to use for decorating your garden or outdoor wall space. Beautiful on their own or adorned with climbing plants, a trellis can be just the thing you need to enhance your yard. In addition to their beauty, a trellis can also offer great privacy. Our H Potter Large Iron Garden Trellis will look great wherever you put it. Use it to add some elegance to your wall or fence area, or get a few metal garden trellises and create a private haven in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390513623348,"sku":"GAR690","price":179.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-tall-geometric-garden-trellis.jpg?v=1778340183"},{"product_id":"h-potter-tall-iron-obelisk-trellis-garden-decor-column-for-climbing-plants","title":"H Potter Grand 8-Foot Black Garden Obelisk Trellis","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLANDSCAPE STRUCTURE - BLACK FINISH - GARDEN OBELISK\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's TALL - Add a stylish element that builds on the decorative grace of your backyard with H Potter’s obelisk trellis. While adding an architectural touch to your home and garden, each of H Potter's metal trellises are also completely functional, becoming the perfect medium on which to grow climbing plants and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdding a iron garden obelisk trellis to your backyard is an awesome way to draw attention to your outdoor area. Sturdy and captivating for guests, family, friends or passers-by, H Potter continues to perfect the garden trellis. Curious about the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/blog\/history-of-the-obelisk\/\"\u003ehistory of obelisks\u003c\/a\u003e, check out the H Potter blog to learn more.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eH POTTER’S TALL METAL GARDEN OBELISK HAVE MANY BENEFITS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your outdoor spaces with our exquisite climbing plant support obelisks, perfect for adding a touch of refined elegance to your backyard and garden. These freestanding vertical trellises serve as stunning focal points, adorned with climbing vines or flowers to create a picturesque display. Crafted from durable iron, these garden ornaments offer both depth and height, enhancing the beauty of your garden with timeless sophistication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDIMENSIONS OF THE H POTTER TRELLIS OBELISK\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArea of Base\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003csup\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eWidest Outer Length including tabs\u003c\/em\u003e: 20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eInner dimensions\u003c\/em\u003e: 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 39 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Ground Spikes\u003c\/strong\u003e included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWHAT CAN I DO WITH AN IRON OBELISK FROM H POTTER?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArchitectural landscape structures like the iron garden obelisk trellises from H Potter can be used to frame your garden on their own, or they can be purchased in multiples to create an entrance to your garden or simply increase the grandeur of this outdoor gardening space. H Potter's obelisks are durable and are capable of weathering the elements, maintaining their stately look over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCREATE VERTICAL YARD ART WITH AN OBELISK AND YOUR FAVORITE CLIMBING ROSES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as the tall iron obelisk trellis for climbing plants, our garden obelisk is the best way to add height, depth and a sturdy structure to your outdoor decor. These iron garden monuments will allow the homeowner or gardener to grow plants and flowers skyward, creating unparalleled vertical garden decor for the outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your garden space with the functional capability of an H Potter Obelisk. Capture the visual center of your garden or other outdoor space such as a patio, deck, courtyard, or terrace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePERSONALIZE YOUR OUTDOOR SPACE WITH MULTIPLE OBELISKS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter Obelisks are sold as a single unit. However, these trellises are often purchased in multiples to serve as larger yard art or to frame the beauty of the garden or a garden entrance. The clean lines of the iron obelisk effortlessly integrate into any garden setting or design, providing a perfect canvas for climbing plants to elegantly ascend. To learn more about \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/h-potter\/heavy-plants-the-need-for-obelisks\/\"\u003egarden obelisks\u003c\/a\u003e visit the H Potter blog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur garden obelisk is durable and sturdy. Furthermore, they can be used to create arches or dividers in the garden so that it looks beautiful while still being organized and functional. Iron is both lightweight and easy to work with so it’s perfect for creating custom designs in your backyard, no matter how much space you have!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFEATURES OF AN OBELISK GARDEN TRELLIS FROM H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEssential Landscape Element\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wonderful piece of garden architecture feature will stand the test of time by offering a solid and secure structure for your plants and garden space. H Potter's garden obelisk comes with a secure ground anchoring system to support the weight of the obelisk and any plant material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome assembly is required. Additionally, this garden obelisk is over 30 pounds, we recommend two people for assembly due to height of the structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePowder-Coated Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted iron work topped with a stately finial. The tower has a black powder coating that gives the iron obelisk its rustic, durable appeal. You can set it as its own display, add climbing plants like roses, vines, and clematis, or even install additional obelisks to facilitate privacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality Packaging and Service are the H Potter Promise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor over a quarter century, we’ve been designing and manufacturing indoor and outdoor décor products for your home and garden. With over 150 designs, including terrariums, lanterns, trellises, window boxes, planters, torches, and arbors, you’re certain to find the service you’re looking for at H Potter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eENTICE THE EYE WITH AN H POTTER OBELISK FOR CLIMBING PLANTS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter is a family-owned business and we take extreme pride in creating distinctive home and garden accents. Many of our signature items are 100% handmade by our artisans to ensure a top-notch product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe put significant resources into the design, quality, function, and look of each H Potter item. using only quality materials including stainless steel, hand-blown glass, and dramatic copper. We believe our customers deserve only the best, so we don’t cut corners to save money.\u003cbr\u003eIf you want to discuss more ideas for boosting your home and garden aesthetics with a garden obelisk from H Potter, then \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/contact\/\"\u003ereach out to our team\u003c\/a\u003e today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. The trellises are powder-coated a flat black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective UV sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis which can be purchased at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly, you should repair the area with the same clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMetal trellises add a touch of simple elegance to a space. Beautiful on their own and even more beautiful adorned with growing vines, a trellis makes the perfect addition to a home or garden. Our H Potter Iron \u003cstrong\u003eGarden Obelisk Trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used as a standalone trellis or purchased in pairs to frame your yard space or garden entrance. Sturdy and able to withstand outdoor conditions, these trellises will stand the test of time and look beautiful while doing it.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions 96\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\" high by 20 inches wide from outer tab to outer tab. Inner width of trellis is 18 inches square.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390515228980,"sku":"GAR692","price":319.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-grand-black-garden-obelisk-trellis-hero.jpg?v=1772498931"},{"product_id":"h-potter-10-ft-tall-iron-obelisk-trellis-garden-decor-column-for-climbing-plants","title":"H Potter Estate 10-Foot Black Garden Obelisk Trellis","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLANDSCAPE STRUCTURE - BLACK FINISH - GARDEN OBELISK\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a stylish element that builds on the decorative grace of your backyard with H Potter’s 10 ft obelisk trellis. While adding an architectural touch to your home and garden, each of H Potter's metal trellises are also completely functional, becoming the perfect medium on which to grow climbing plants and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDraw attention to your backyard with an iron garden obelisk, the perfect centerpiece for any garden. Captivating in design, and sturdily constructed for actual use, draw the attention of family, friends, or passer-bys. Curious about the history of obelisks? Check out this \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/blog\/history-of-the-obelisk\/\" title=\"history of garden obelisks\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eblog post\u003c\/a\u003e to learn more..\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eH POTTER’S METAL GARDEN OBELISK HAVE MANY BENEFITS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-1c820318-7fff-30c5-c081-adb3a3eb0a65\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOur tallest garden obelisk yet. Elevate your outdoor spaces with our exquisite climbing plant support obelisks, perfect for adding a touch of refined elegance to your backyard and garden. These freestanding vertical trellises serve as stunning focal points, adorned with climbing vines or flowers to create a picturesque display. Crafted from durable iron, these garden ornaments offer both depth and height, enhancing the beauty of your garden with timeless sophistication.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDIMENSIONS OF THE H POTTER TRELLIS OBELISK\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 120 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArea of Base\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003csup\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eWidest Outer Length including tabs\u003c\/em\u003e: 20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eInner dimensions\u003c\/em\u003e: 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 inch grounds spikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 45 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWHAT CAN I DO WITH A WROUGHT IRON OBELISK FROM H POTTER?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArchitectural landscape structures like the iron garden obelisk trellises from H Potter can be used to frame your garden on their own, or they can be purchased in multiples to create an entrance to your garden or simply increase the grandeur of this outdoor gardening space. H Potter's obelisks are durable and are capable of weathering the elements, maintaining their stately look over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCREATE VERTICAL YARD ART WITH AN OBELISK FOR YOUR FAVORITE CLIMBING ROSES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA garden obelisk is the best way to add height, depth and a sturdy structure to your outdoor decor. These wrought iron garden monuments will allow the homeowner or gardener to grow plants and flowers skyward, creating unparalleled vertical garden decor for the outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your garden space with the functional capability of an H Potter Obelisk. Capture the visual center of your garden or other outdoor space such as a patio, deck, courtyard, or terrace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePERSONALIZE YOUR OUTDOOR SPACE WITH MULTIPLE OBELISKS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter Obelisks are sold as a single unit. However, these trellises are often purchased in multiples to serve as larger yard art or to frame the beauty of the garden or a garden entrance. The clean lines of the iron obelisk effortlessly integrate into any garden setting or design, providing a perfect canvas for climbing plants to elegantly ascend. To learn more about garden obelisks see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/h-potter\/heavy-plants-the-need-for-obelisks\/\"\u003eblog\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur garden obelisk is durable and sturdy. Furthermore, they can be used to create arches or dividers in the garden so that it looks beautiful while still being organized and functional. Wrought iron is both lightweight and easy to work with so it’s perfect for creating custom designs in your backyard, no matter how much space you have!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFEATURES OF AN OBELISK GARDEN TRELLIS FROM H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEssential Landscape Element\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wonderful piece of garden architecture feature will stand the test of time by offering a solid and secure structure for your plants and garden space. H Potter's garden obelisk comes with a secure ground anchoring system (18 inch ground spikes) to support the weight of the obelisk and any plant material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome assembly is required. Additionally, this garden obelisk is over XX pounds, we recommend two people for assembly due to height of the structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePowder-Coated Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted iron work topped with a stately finial. The tower has a black powder coating, that gives the wrought iron obelisk its sleek, durable appeal. You can set it as its own display, add climbing plants like roses, vines, and clematis, or even install additional obelisks to facilitate privacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality Packaging and Service are the H Potter Promise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor over a quarter century, we’ve been designing and manufacturing indoor and outdoor décor products for your home and garden. With over 150 designs, including terrariums, lanterns, trellises, window boxes, planters, torches, and arbors, you’re certain to find the service you’re looking for at H Potter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eENTICE THE EYE WITH AN H POTTER OBELISK FOR CLIMBING PLANTS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter is a family-owned business and we take extreme pride in creating distinctive home and garden accents. Many of our signature items are 100% handmade by our artisans to ensure a top-notch product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe put significant resources into the design, quality, function, and look of each H Potter item. using only quality materials including stainless steel, hand-blown glass, and dramatic copper. We believe our customers deserve only the best, so we don’t cut corners to save money.\u003cbr\u003eIf you want to discuss more ideas for boosting your home and garden aesthetics with a garden obelisk from H Potter, then \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/contact\/\"\u003ereach out to our team\u003c\/a\u003e today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter is not offering shipping outside of the lower 48 states. Duties and shipping charges to other locations are often more expensive than the item itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. The trellises are powder-coated flat black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis which can be purchased at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly, you should repair the area with the same clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMetal trellises add a touch of simple elegance to a space. Beautiful on their own and even more beautiful adorned with growing vines, a trellis makes the perfect addition to a home or garden. Our H Potter Wrought Iron \u003cstrong\u003eGarden Obelisk Trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used as a standalone trellis or purchased in pairs to frame your yard space or garden entrance. Sturdy and able to withstand outdoor conditions, these trellises will stand the test of time and look beautiful while doing it.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions 120\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\" high by 20 inches wide from outer tab to outer tab. Inner width of trellis is 18 inches diameter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390515982644,"sku":"GAR693","price":396.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-estate-10-foot-black-garden-obelisk-trellis-hero.jpg?v=1772499770"},{"product_id":"h-potter-metal-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-unique-decor-wall-art","title":"H Potter Metal Trellis Wrought Iron Indoor Outdoor Unique Decor Wall Art","description":"\u003cul class=\"a-unordered-list a-vertical a-spacing-none\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLARGE METAL GARDEN TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – New from the H Potter design team, our unique new trellis design is ready to support all different kinds of climbing and flowering plants in your garden. This trellis is built from solid iron to offer your garden functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, mandevilla, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Take advantage of the unique combination of scroll and gridwork to accentuate your fencing by placing this trellis next to it, or grow climbing plants up the trellis to create your own unique garden fencing option, or even add as wall decor to your outdoor spaces, or simply place as the centerpiece of your backyard landscaping or garden. No matter where you plan on placing this trellis around your home and garden, this piece will stand out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEAVY DUTY AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Professionally packaged with some assembly required, this large metal trellis is ready to stand the test of time in your garden. With dimensions of 40 inches wide and 72 inches tall, this heavy duty trellis comes with a secure anchoring system that will support heavy plant material. Keep your plants supported and your garden and home a safe space with the garden trellis spikes. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE TRELLIS DESIGN\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Enhance the environment of your home and take your outdoor space to the next level. With its unique design and heavy durable iron construction, this H Potter trellis is the perfect fit for garden entrances, patios, decks, wall art, or as a privacy screen, or standalone for climbing plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCHARCOAL BROWN POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – With a beautiful charcoal brown powder coat finish, this large trellis provides a beautiful and stylish appeal for your garden. Ideal for summer plants or to support flowering vine, or as a standalone piece in the fall and winter. This trellis is your perfect solution to year round decor with its weather resistant finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. This trellis is powder-coated a charcoal brown, then a hand-applied black faux finish is added and it is finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions \u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e 40 inches wide by 72 inches high, plus 18 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great option to use for decorating your garden or outdoor wall space. Beautiful on their own or adorned with climbing plants, a trellis can be just the thing you need to enhance your yard. In addition to their beauty, a trellis can also offer great privacy. Our H Potter Large Iron Garden Trellis will look great wherever you put it. Use it to add some elegance to your wall or fence area, or get a few metal garden trellises and create a private haven in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390519128372,"sku":"GAR694","price":389.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-trellis-metal-garden-yard-art.jpg?v=1774398894"},{"product_id":"h-potter-metal-fan-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art","title":"H Potter Trellis - Metal Fan Shape - Black Finished Iron","description":"\u003cul class=\"a-unordered-list a-vertical a-spacing-none\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLARGE - BLACK FINISH - METAL GARDEN TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Brought to you from the H Potter design team, this new harvest fan trellis is ready to support all kinds of climbing and flowering plants in your garden. This trellis is built from solid iron to offer your garden functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Take advantage of the swooping fan design, accentuate your fencing by placing this trellis next to it, or grow climbing plants up the trellis to create your own unique garden living wall, add as wall decor to your outdoor spaces, or simply place as the centerpiece of your garden. No matter where you plan on placing this trellis around your home and garden, this piece will stand out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Professionally packaged with some assembly required, this large metal trellis is ready to stand the test of time in your garden. With dimensions of 30.5 inches wide and 68 inches tall, this heavy duty trellis comes with a secure anchoring system that will support heavy plant material. Keep your plants supported and your garden and home a safe space with the garden trellis spikes. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE METAL TRELLIS DESIGN\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Enhance the environment of your home and take your outdoor space to the next level. With its unique design and heavy durable iron construction, this H Potter harvest fan trellis is the perfect fit for garden entrances, patios, decks, wall art, or as a privacy screen, or standalone for climbing plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBLACK POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – With a beautiful black powder coat finish, this large trellis provides a beautiful and stylish appeal for your garden. Ideal for summer plants or to support flowering vine, or as a standalone piece in the fall and winter. This trellis is your perfect solution to year round decor with its weather resistant finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. This trellis is powder-coated a flat black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions \u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e 30.5 inches wide by 68 inches high, plus 12 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great option to use for decorating your garden or outdoor wall space. Beautiful on their own or adorned with climbing plants, a trellis can be just the thing you need to enhance your yard. In addition to their beauty, a trellis can also offer great privacy. Our H Potter Large Iron Garden Trellis will look great wherever you put it. Use it to add some elegance to your wall or fence area, or get a few metal garden trellises and create a private haven in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48390520897844,"sku":"GAR691","price":196.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-metal-garden-trellis-fan-shape.jpg?v=1779231492"},{"product_id":"h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-30-inch-w-metal-frame","title":"30-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1: 30-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame\nMeta title: 30-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame | H Potter\nMeta description: Handcrafted 30-inch antique copper window box by H Potter. Stainless steel planter, welded powder-coated frame, 2 brackets, drainage holes, and mounting hardware included. Built to last.\nFirst 160 chars opener: A premium 30-inch antique copper window box—stainless steel + welded frame, 2 brackets included. Designed for curb appeal and built for outdoor use.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hp-card h3{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-grid .hp-card{margin:0}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0;margin:0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n.hp-tip strong{color:#5F7A19}\n\n.hp-table-wrap{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:10px auto 0;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6;border-radius:8px;overflow:hidden}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd;font-weight:800}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;vertical-align:top}\n\n.hp-links a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n  .hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n  .hp-section{font-size:1.2em}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Window Boxes — Built to Last Outdoors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTRO --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA refined 30-inch window box with a warm antique copper finish\u003c\/strong\u003e—crafted for customers who want curb appeal that doesn’t look mass-produced. This H Potter window box pairs a stainless steel planting box with a welded, powder-coated metal frame so it stays sturdy through real seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 30 inches long, it’s ideal for smaller windows, tighter spans, and symmetrical placement—easy to plant, easy to maintain, and designed to look finished the moment it’s installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, we’ve designed premium garden products that perform in outdoor conditions—built for stability, finished with care, and supported by responsive customer service.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30\" L × 7\" H × 8.25\" W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel with antique copper finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Welded iron with black powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrackets included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-drilled drainage holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat (flush against wall)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardware included (surface-specific fasteners may vary)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmaller windows and tighter spans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTownhomes, cottages, porch lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean, symmetrical curb appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHomeowners, landscapers, and designers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a “finished” look, use a thriller + filler + spiller mix—one focal plant, texture, then trailing greenery.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY YOU'LL LOVE IT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhy You’ll Love This Window Box\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel planter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally resistant to rust and corrosion for outdoor planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique copper character:\u003c\/strong\u003e A hand-rubbed finish that adds warmth and depth to your exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded frame stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e A powder-coated iron frame built for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage built in:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-drilled holes support healthier roots and reduce waterlogging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy seasonal updates:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swap spring blooms for summer color, fall greens, or winter arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- COMPARE SIZES TABLE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eCompare Sizes: 30\" vs 36\" vs 48\"\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a size that fits your window span and the planting “fullness” you want. Height and depth are consistent across these sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\" aria-label=\"Antique copper window box size comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVisual Impact\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLink\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30\"\u003c\/strong\u003e (this item)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller windows, tight spans, symmetrical accents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClean + classic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent page\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e36\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost common window spans, fuller plantings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced statement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-with-metal-frame-36-inch\" title=\"Shop the 36-inch antique copper window box\"\u003eShop 36\" antique copper window box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide windows, dramatic curb appeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBold, architectural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-rustic-copper-window-box-48-inch-outdoor-decor\" title=\"Shop the 48-inch window box\"\u003eShop 48\" window box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePro tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a tailored look, choose a box that spans most of the window width while leaving a little breathing room on each side.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS BLOCK (INTERNAL LINK BLOCK) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Plants for Window Boxes\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a simple “thriller + filler + spiller” approach for an arrangement that looks designer-level from the street.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eFull Sun Ideas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeraniums + calibrachoa + trailing sweet potato vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePetunias + dusty miller + bacopa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLavender + thyme + creeping jenny\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003ePart Shade Ideas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegonias + coleus + ivy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpatiens + ferns + creeping jenny\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeuchera + lobelia + trailing ivy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWant proven plant lists?\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the guides below for sun exposure, seasonal success, and care.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- BLOG INTERNAL LINKS (DIFFERENT SET) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWindow Box Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our window box guides for planting, styling, and long-term success:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/window-box-planters-for-any-home\" title=\"Window box planters for any home\"\u003eWindow box planters for any home (style + placement)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/how-to-create-a-unique-look-for-your-home-with-our-window-boxes\" title=\"Create a unique look with window boxes\"\u003eHow to create a unique look with window boxes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/tips-for-planting-your-window-box\" title=\"Tips for planting your window box\"\u003eTips for planting your window box for healthy growth\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/ideas-for-decorating-your-window-planters\" title=\"Ideas for decorating window planters\"\u003eIdeas for decorating window planters (seasonal styling)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/add-a-little-greenery-to-your-life-with-window-planters\" title=\"Add greenery with window planters\"\u003eAdd a little greenery with window planters\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS \u0026 CARE (CONDENSED, FINISH-SPECIFIC) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e H Potter window box planters include a stainless steel planting box and a welded metal mounting frame and\/or brackets, finished in black powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAntique copper finish process:\u003c\/strong\u003e The planter is electroplated with a copper finish, then hand-rubbed to create an antique look, and sealed with a high-grade clear-coat protective sealer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional annual protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e To add extra protection, you may apply a clear spray sealant once per year (inside and outside). Some customers also apply this before first use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid constant overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minerals\/chlorine\/soil additives can contribute to spotting if water runs down the exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot designed as a fountain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous water exposure is not recommended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional. Clean with mild soap + water, dry thoroughly, then store if preferred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brackets are not designed for metal railings. For railing mounting, explore HoldItMate® systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT FAQs (PRODUCT-SPECIFIC) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this 30\" window box include brackets and hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This window box includes \u003cstrong\u003e2 mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e and standard hardware. If installing on masonry or other surfaces, you may need alternative fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the window box have drainage holes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—drainage holes are included to help prevent waterlogged soil and support healthy roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs stainless steel suitable for outdoor planting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Stainless steel naturally resists rust and corrosion and is commonly used for durable outdoor applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the antique copper finish change over time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finish is sealed, but natural aging can occur depending on climate, watering habits, and exposure—many customers enjoy the character it develops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this style available in other sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this style is also available in \u003ca class=\"hp-links\" href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-with-metal-frame-36-inch\"\u003e36\"\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca class=\"hp-links\" href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-rustic-copper-window-box-48-inch-outdoor-decor\"\u003e48\"\u003c\/a\u003e lengths for different window spans and planting designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount this to a metal railing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included brackets are not designed for metal railing installation. For railing-mounted setups, we recommend exploring HoldItMate® systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- =========================\nSCHEMA: FAQPage + BreadcrumbList\n(No Product schema — Shopify handles Product\/Offer data.)\n========================= --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this 30-inch window box include brackets and hardware?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. This window box includes 2 mounting brackets and standard hardware. If installing on masonry or other surfaces, you may need alternative fasteners.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the window box have drainage holes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes—drainage holes are included to help prevent waterlogged soil and support healthy roots.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is stainless steel suitable for outdoor planting?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Stainless steel naturally resists rust and corrosion and is commonly used for durable outdoor applications.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the antique copper finish change over time?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The finish is sealed, but natural aging can occur depending on climate, watering habits, and exposure—many customers enjoy the character it develops.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this style available in other sizes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes—this style is also available in 36-inch and 48-inch lengths for different window spans and planting designs.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I mount this to a metal railing?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The included brackets are not designed for metal railing installation. For railing-mounted setups, we recommend exploring HoldItMate systems.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"BreadcrumbList\",\n  \"itemListElement\": [\n    { \"@type\": \"ListItem\", \"position\": 1, \"name\": \"Home\", \"item\": \"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/\" },\n    { \"@type\": \"ListItem\", \"position\": 2, \"name\": \"Window Boxes\", \"item\": \"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/window-boxes\" },\n    { \"@type\": \"ListItem\", \"position\": 3, \"name\": \"30-Inch Antique Copper Window Box\", \"item\": \"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-30-inch-w-metal-frame\" }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48391950565684,"sku":"GAR679","price":189.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/GAR679_H_Potter_copper_window_box_01.jpg?v=1740604053"},{"product_id":"h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-with-metal-frame-36-inch","title":"36-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1: 36-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame\nMeta title: 36-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame | H Potter\nMeta description (\u003c=160 chars): 36-inch antique copper window box by H Potter. Stainless steel planter, welded frame, 3 brackets, drainage holes and mounting hardware included. Built to last.\nFirst 160 chars opener: A premium 36-inch antique copper window box—stainless steel + welded frame, 3 brackets included. Designed for curb appeal and outdoor use.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hp-card h3{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-grid .hp-card{margin:0}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0;margin:0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n.hp-tip strong{color:#5F7A19}\n\n.hp-table-wrap{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:10px auto 0;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6;border-radius:8px;overflow:hidden}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd;font-weight:800}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;vertical-align:top}\n\n.hp-links a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n  .hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n  .hp-section{font-size:1.2em}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Window Boxes — Built to Last Outdoors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTRO --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA refined 36-inch window box with a warm antique copper finish\u003c\/strong\u003e—crafted for customers who want curb appeal that doesn’t look mass-produced. This H Potter window box pairs a stainless steel planting box with a welded, powder-coated metal frame so it stays sturdy through real seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 36 inches long, it’s a versatile “just right” size for many standard window spans—roomy enough for fuller plantings, while still easy to remove for planting and seasonal refreshes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, we’ve designed premium garden products that perform in outdoor conditions—built for stability, finished with care, and supported by responsive customer service.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\" L × 7\" H × 8.25\" W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel with antique copper finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Welded iron with black powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrackets included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-drilled drainage holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat (flush against wall)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardware included (surface-specific fasteners may vary)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard window spans and fuller arrangements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced curb appeal with more planting room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHomeowners, landscapers, and designers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeasonal swaps: spring blooms → summer color → fall greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a “finished” look, use a thriller + filler + spiller mix—one focal plant, texture, then trailing greenery.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY YOU'LL LOVE IT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhy You’ll Love This Window Box\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel planter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Naturally resistant to rust and corrosion for outdoor planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique copper character:\u003c\/strong\u003e A hand-rubbed finish that adds warmth and depth to your exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded frame stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e A powder-coated iron frame built for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage built in:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-drilled holes support healthier roots and reduce waterlogging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy seasonal updates:\u003c\/strong\u003e Refresh the look in minutes—no redesign required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- COMPARE SIZES TABLE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eCompare Sizes: 30\" vs 36\" vs 48\"\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a size that fits your window span and the planting “fullness” you want. Height and depth are consistent across these sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\" aria-label=\"Antique copper window box size comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVisual Impact\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLink\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller windows, tight spans, symmetrical accents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClean + classic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-30-inch-w-metal-frame\" title=\"Shop the 30-inch antique copper window box\"\u003eShop 30\" antique copper window box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e36\"\u003c\/strong\u003e (this item)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost common window spans, fuller plantings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced statement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent page\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide windows, dramatic curb appeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBold, architectural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-rustic-copper-window-box-48-inch-outdoor-decor\" title=\"Shop the 48-inch window box\"\u003eShop 48\" window box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePro tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a tailored look, choose a box that spans most of the window width while leaving a little breathing room on each side.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS BLOCK --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Plants for Window Boxes\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a simple “thriller + filler + spiller” approach for an arrangement that looks designer-level from the street.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eFull Sun Ideas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeraniums + calibrachoa + trailing sweet potato vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePetunias + dusty miller + bacopa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLavender + thyme + creeping jenny\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003ePart Shade Ideas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegonias + coleus + ivy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpatiens + ferns + creeping jenny\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeuchera + lobelia + trailing ivy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWant proven plant lists?\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the guides below for sun exposure, seasonal success, and care.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- BLOG INTERNAL LINKS (DIFFERENT SET FOR THIS SIZE) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWindow Box Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our window box guides for planting, styling, and long-term success:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/benefits-of-flower-boxes-for-windows-and-how-to-choose\" title=\"Benefits of flower boxes for windows and how to choose\"\u003eBenefits of flower boxes for windows and how to choose the right size\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/advice-for-keeping-a-beautiful-window-planter-box\" title=\"Advice for keeping a beautiful window planter box\"\u003eAdvice for keeping a beautiful window planter box all season\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/flower-boxes-for-windows-care-and-maintenance\" title=\"Flower boxes for windows care and maintenance\"\u003eFlower boxes care and maintenance for long-lasting curb appeal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/best-fillers-herbs-for-window-boxes\" title=\"Best fillers and herbs for window boxes\"\u003eBest fillers and herbs for window boxes (texture + fragrance)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/10-plants-that-will-thrive-in-our-window-flower-boxes\" title=\"Plants that thrive in window flower boxes\"\u003e10 plants that thrive in window flower boxes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS \u0026 CARE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e H Potter window box planters include a stainless steel planting box and a welded metal mounting frame and\/or brackets, finished in black powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAntique copper finish process:\u003c\/strong\u003e The planter is electroplated with a copper finish, then hand-rubbed to create an antique look, and sealed with a high-grade clear-coat protective sealer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional annual protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e To add extra protection, you may apply a clear spray sealant once per year (inside and outside). Some customers also apply this before first use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid constant overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minerals\/chlorine\/soil additives can contribute to spotting if water runs down the exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot designed as a fountain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous water exposure is not recommended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional. Clean with mild soap + water, dry thoroughly, then store if preferred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brackets are not designed for metal railings. For railing mounting, explore HoldItMate® systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT FAQs --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this 36\" window box include brackets and hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This window box includes \u003cstrong\u003e3 mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e and standard hardware. If installing on masonry or other surfaces, you may need alternative fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the window box have drainage holes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—drainage holes are included to help prevent waterlogged soil and support healthy roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs stainless steel suitable for outdoor planting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Stainless steel naturally resists rust and corrosion and is commonly used for durable outdoor applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the antique copper finish change over time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finish is sealed, but natural aging can occur depending on climate, watering habits, and exposure—many customers enjoy the character it develops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this style available in other sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this style is also available in \u003ca class=\"hp-links\" href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-30-inch-w-metal-frame\"\u003e30\"\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca class=\"hp-links\" href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-rustic-copper-window-box-48-inch-outdoor-decor\"\u003e48\"\u003c\/a\u003e lengths for different window spans and planting designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount this to a metal railing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included brackets are not designed for metal railing installation. For railing-mounted setups, we recommend exploring HoldItMate® systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- =========================\nSCHEMA: FAQPage + BreadcrumbList\n(No Product schema — Shopify handles Product\/Offer data.)\n========================= --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this 36-inch window box include brackets and hardware?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. This window box includes 3 mounting brackets and standard hardware. If installing on masonry or other surfaces, you may need alternative fasteners.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the window box have drainage holes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes—drainage holes are included to help prevent waterlogged soil and support healthy roots.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is stainless steel suitable for outdoor planting?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Stainless steel naturally resists rust and corrosion and is commonly used for durable outdoor applications.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the antique copper finish change over time?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The finish is sealed, but natural aging can occur depending on climate, watering habits, and exposure—many customers enjoy the character it develops.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this style available in other sizes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes—this style is also available in 30-inch and 48-inch lengths for different window spans and planting designs.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I mount this to a metal railing?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The included brackets are not designed for metal railing installation. For railing-mounted setups, we recommend exploring HoldItMate systems.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"BreadcrumbList\",\n  \"itemListElement\": [\n    { \"@type\": \"ListItem\", \"position\": 1, \"name\": \"Home\", \"item\": \"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/\" },\n    { \"@type\": \"ListItem\", \"position\": 2, \"name\": \"Window Boxes\", \"item\": \"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/window-boxes\" },\n    { \"@type\": \"ListItem\", \"position\": 3, \"name\": \"36-Inch Antique Copper Window Box\", \"item\": \"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-with-metal-frame-36-inch\" }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003c!-- ========================= END PRODUCT PAGE ========================= --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48392007385396,"sku":"GAR680","price":159.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/GAR680_H_Potter_copper_window_box_02.jpg?v=1740604052"},{"product_id":"h-potter-rustic-copper-window-box-48-inch-outdoor-decor","title":"48-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame","description":"\u003c!-- =========================\nH POTTER | WINDOW BOX PRODUCT PAGE\nPRODUCT: 48-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame\nURL: \/products\/h-potter-rustic-copper-window-box-48-inch-outdoor-decor\nCOLLECTION: \/collections\/window-boxes\nNOTE: Dawn theme outputs H1 automatically.\nSCHEMA: FAQ + Breadcrumb only\n========================= --\u003e\u003c!-- OPTIONAL SEO FIELDS\nH1: 48-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame\nMeta title: 48-Inch Antique Copper Window Box with Metal Frame | H Potter\nMeta description (156 chars):\n48-inch antique copper window box by H Potter. Stainless steel planter, welded frame, 4 brackets, drainage holes and mounting hardware included. Built to last.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0}\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6;border-radius:8px;overflow:hidden}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd;font-weight:800}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee}\n.hp-links a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800}\n@media(max-width:768px){.hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Window Boxes — Built to Last Outdoors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dramatic 48-inch antique copper window box\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for wide windows and statement curb appeal. This H Potter planter pairs a stainless steel planting box with a welded metal frame built for real outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 48 inches long, this size delivers the strongest visual impact—ideal for large windows, commercial installs, or homes where planting scale matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, we’ve designed premium garden products built for stability, longevity, and real outdoor performance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48\" L × 7\" H × 8.25\" W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel with antique copper finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Welded iron, black powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrackets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-drilled holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide windows + large homes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial installs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDramatic curb appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull seasonal plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use multiple thriller plants for scale. A 48\" box benefits from repetition.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel planter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust resistant outdoor durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique copper finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-rubbed warmth and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for long-term outdoor stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports healthy roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Refresh plantings year-round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SIZE TABLE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eCompare Sizes\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLink\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall windows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-30-inch-w-metal-frame\"\u003eShop 30\"\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost homes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-antique-copper-window-box-with-metal-frame-36-inch\"\u003eShop 36\"\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge windows + bold curb appeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent page\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- BLOG LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWindow Box Guides\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/best-flowers-for-your-window-box-planter\"\u003eBest flowers for window boxes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/tips-for-planting-your-window-box\"\u003eTips for planting window boxes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/improve-your-curb-appeal-with-these-8-tips\"\u003eImprove curb appeal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/window-box-planters-for-any-home\"\u003eWindow box ideas\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/10-plants-that-will-thrive-in-our-window-flower-boxes\"\u003ePlants that thrive\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many brackets are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 48\" window box includes \u003cstrong\u003e4 mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e and hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have drainage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Drainage holes are pre-drilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs stainless steel outdoor safe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It naturally resists rust and corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this available in other sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — also available in 30\" and 36\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SCHEMA --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\n\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many brackets are included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This 48 inch window box includes 4 mounting brackets and hardware.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it have drainage holes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, drainage holes are pre-drilled.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is stainless steel outdoor safe?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, stainless steel resists rust and corrosion.\"}}\n]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n\"@type\":\"BreadcrumbList\",\n\"itemListElement\":[\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":1,\"name\":\"Home\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/\"},\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":2,\"name\":\"Window Boxes\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/window-boxes\"},\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":3,\"name\":\"48-Inch Antique Copper Window Box\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-rustic-copper-window-box-48-inch-outdoor-decor\"}\n]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48392086290740,"sku":"GAR681","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/GAR681_H_Potter_copper_window_box_12_03.jpg?v=1741361127"},{"product_id":"h-potter-garden-obelisk-trellis-for-climbing-plants-6-foot-metal-landscape-structure-gar677","title":"H Potter Garden Obelisk Trellis for Climbing Plants 6 Foot Metal Landscape Structure GAR677","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLANDSCAPE STRUCTURE GARDEN OBELISK FROM H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter's iron trellises are not only a decorative piece to add dimension and depth to your garden, they are completely functional. While the obelisk trellis adds a stylish element of grace to your backyard, deck or patio, its value also rests on its architectural garden grace among your outdoor decor. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdding a garden obelisk or trellis to your backyard is a fantastic way to draw attention to your outdoor area. H Potter's obelisks are a sturdy element in the garden that is also visually captivating for guests, family, friends or passers-by. Curious about the history of obelisks, check out this \u003ca title=\"history of garden obelisks\" href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/blog\/history-of-the-obelisk\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eblog post\u003c\/a\u003e for more information.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBENEFIT OF H POTTER’S METAL GARDEN OBELISK\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-1c820318-7fff-30c5-c081-adb3a3eb0a65\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA climbing plant support obelisk is a great way to infuse a refined sense of elegance into your exterior spaces around the backyard and garden. These large vertical trellises stand on their own and benefit from being adorned with climbing vines or flowers. These 6 foot tall iron garden ornaments are a perfect addition in pots or in your garden.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDIMENSIONS OF THE H POTTER TRELLIS OBELISK\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArea of Base\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003csup\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/sup\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eInner dimensions\u003c\/em\u003e: 11.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 22 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround Spikes 4 of the 9 inch long stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWHAT CAN I DO WITH A IRON OBELISK FROM H POTTER?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLandscape structures like iron garden obelisk trellises from H Potter can be used to frame your garden on their own, or they can be purchased in pairs to create an entrance to your garden or simply increase the grandeur of this outdoor gardening space. H Potter's obelisks are highly durable and are capable of weathering the elements, maintaining their stately look over time. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUSE YOUR OBELISK TO CREATE VERTICAL YARD ART WITH YOUR FAVORITE CLIMBING ROSES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA garden obelisk is the best way to add height, depth and a sturdy structure to your outdoor decor. These iron garden monuments will allow the homeowner or gardener to grow plants and flowers skyward, creating unparalleled vertical garden decor for the outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/designing-your-circle-garden\"\u003eMaximize your garden space\u003c\/a\u003e with the functional capability of an H Potter Obelisk. Capture the visual center of your garden or other outdoor space such as a patio, deck, courtyard, or terrace. \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eFor more vertical-garden inspiration, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/5-tips-for-making-plant-containers-count-in-the-spring\"\u003ehow tall planters serve as striking architectural accents\u003c\/a\u003e, pairing beautifully with trellises and climbing structures like this one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePERSONALIZE YOUR OUTDOOR SPACE WITH MULTIPLE OBELISKS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter Obelisks are sold as a single unit. However, these trellises are often purchased in multiples to serve as larger yard art or to frame the beauty of the garden or a garden entrance. The clean lines of the iron obelisk effortlessly integrate into any garden setting or design, providing a perfect canvas for climbing plants to elegantly ascend. To learn more about garden obelisks see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/h-potter\/heavy-plants-the-need-for-obelisks\/\"\u003eblog\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur garden obelisk is durable and sturdy. Furthermore, they can be used to create arches or dividers in the garden so that it looks beautiful while still being organized and functional. Iron is both lightweight and easy to work with so it’s perfect for creating custom designs in your backyard, no matter how much space you have!  \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eTransform even the smallest garden areas with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/gardening-in-small-spaces\"\u003esmall-space garden transformation ideas\u003c\/a\u003e, featuring trellises that contribute structure and dimension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFEATURES OF AN OBELISK GARDEN TRELLIS FROM H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEssential Landscape Element\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wonderful piece of garden architecture feature will stand the test of time by offering a solid and secure structure for your plants and garden space. H Potter's garden obelisk comes with a secure ground anchoring system (plus 4 of the 9 inch ground spikes) to support the weight of the obelisk and any plant material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome assembly is required. Additionally, we recommend two people for assembly due to height of the structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePowder-Coated Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted iron work topped with a stately finial. The tower has a charcoal brown powder coating, then a hand-rubbed faux finish gives the iron obelisk its rustic, durable appeal. You can set it as its own display, add climbing plants like roses, vines, and clematis, or even install additional obelisks to facilitate privacy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality Packaging and Service are the H Potter Promise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor over a quarter century, we’ve been designing and manufacturing indoor and outdoor décor products for your home and garden. With over 150 designs, including terrariums, lanterns, trellises, window boxes, planters, wreaths and arbors, you’re certain to find the service you’re looking for at H Potter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eENTICE THE EYE WITH AN H POTTER OBELISK FOR CLIMBING PLANTS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter is a family-owned business and we take extreme pride in creating distinctive home and garden accents. Many of our signature items are 100% handmade by our artisans to ensure a top-notch product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe put significant resources into the design, quality, function, and look of each H Potter item. using only quality materials including stainless steel, hand-blown glass, and dramatic copper. We believe our customers deserve only the best, so we don’t cut corners to save money.\u003cbr\u003eIf you want to discuss more ideas for boosting your home and garden aesthetics with a garden obelisk from H Potter, then \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/contact\/\"\u003ereach out to our team\u003c\/a\u003e today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter is not offering shipping outside of the lower 48 states.  Duties and shipping charges to other locations are often more expensive than the item itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. The trellises are powder-coated a charcoal brown, followed with a hand-applied faux black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis which can be purchased at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly, you should repair the area with the same clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMetal trellises add a touch of simple elegance to a space. Beautiful on their own and even more beautiful adorned with growing vines, a trellis makes the perfect addition to a home or garden. Our H Potter Iron \u003cstrong\u003eGarden Obelisk Trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used as a standalone trellis or purchased in pairs to frame your yard space or garden entrance. Sturdy and able to withstand outdoor conditions, these trellises will stand the test of time and look beautiful while doing it.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions 72\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\" high by 12 inches square.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48479387812148,"sku":"GAR677","price":199.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-patio-planter-obelisk-trellis-hero.jpg?v=1772042513"},{"product_id":"h-potter-hanging-copper-planter-for-outdoor-deck-patio-brass","title":"H Potter Heritage Copper Hanging Planter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE HANGING COPPER PLANTER FOR ALL SEASONS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e Built to last, this stunning hanging planter is ready to be filled with flowers or greens, as the perfect pairing for any seasonal decor. Easily update your home decor with new flowers to freshen up your indoor and outdoor spaces. Simple enough to blend with any outdoor theme. Trending now, the rich antique copper finish adds earthy warmth to your traditional or modern home. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eROUND PLANTER - HAND HAMMERED BRASS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e The handcrafted round planter pot measures 22 inches diameter at widest and 11.5 inches from top to bottom of the planter. Top opening is 20 inches and chain is approximately 18-20 inches long. Items are hand-crafted and many vary slightly in size due to being handmade. This planter garden box will make an eye-catching focal point and impressive statement wherever it’s placed. Unique and sturdy.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eELEGANT CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e Brass planter pot with hand-applied antique copper finish built to last. Includes heavy duty black chain with S hooks. Top of the chains are joined by a ring. Drainage hole in base of metal planter pot. The design of this outdoor planter is modern with a timeless feel. Place outdoors on your patio, deck, or balcony. Sold as a single, but also great in pairs or multiples.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHANGING PLANTERS FOR INDOOR \u0026amp; OUTDOOR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e Plants not only promote a healthy home environment but can offer a touch of elegant beauty to your home and garden. Uniquely designed with a heavy, durable construction, the H Potter hanging succulent planter is the perfect accent for alfresco dining and outdoor living. Tranquility of greenery is an ideal mood setter and stress reliever, this gardening planter is the perfect size to fit nearly any location and can be moved easily.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis H Potter hanging planter is made with brass. To create the antique copper finish, first the planters are electroplated with a copper finish, next we apply a hand-rubbed antique finish and the final step is an application of a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. To add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the inside and outside of the planter. This can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. You might also choose to apply this protective covering before first use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYour water may contain minerals, chlorine and\/or fluoride which may by unfriendly to the finish on the planter. H Potter planters are not designed to be used as fountains. Water spilling over the sides of the planter may affect the finish of the planter and\/or may cause water stains or water spots. Additives in the soil used might also contain chemicals which when over-watered may spill over the sides and run down the planter potentially affecting the finish. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe choose to clean our planters with a soft, non-abrasive cloth along with water and a small amount of mild dish soap.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eIf you are using the planter outdoors, you might consider inside storage during the winter based on the weather conditions in your area.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe handcrafted round planter pot measures 22 inches diameter at widest and 11.5 inches from top to bottom of the planter. Top opening is 20 inches and chain is approximately 18-20 inches.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48441092178228,"sku":"GAR668","price":165.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-heritage-copper-hanging-planter-120.jpg?v=1778776086"},{"product_id":"h-potter-black-metal-iron-scroll-wall-trellis-w-mounting-brackets-black","title":"H Potter Black Metal Iron Scroll Wall Trellis with Wall Mounting Brackets","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTHIS LISTING INCLUDES:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 GAR670 TRELLIS AND 1 SET OF WALL BRACKETS\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dimensions of each trellis 32 inches wide by 72 inches high, plus 17.5 inch ground spikes. Each bracket set includes 4 black trellis brackets and each bracket comes with 2 lag bolts for anchoring into solid wood, 2 regular bolts \u0026amp; 4 nuts. Brackets are metal with black powder-coat finish and adjustable from 4 to 6 inches. Brackets are approximately: 4\" x 2\" x 4.5\".\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEAVY DUTY METAL TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises are being used everywhere as Wall Art. Consider using trellises to cover a brick wall, an outdoor shed, a fence, a pool house, a deck wall, a garage, a patio wall.... your options are endless. Make your city space feel like a green garden sanctuary, give architectural interest to an old garden shed, bring dimension to your deck or patio by installing trellises on the walls of your home. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWALL MOUNTING BRACKETS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – H Potter trellises are all packaged with unattached ground spikes. When using wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location. Since all mounting locations\/materials are different, if you have concerns about installation, you may want to contact a local contractor to view your particular mounting location and get their opinion of your situation. Brackets will be most effective when drilled into the wall studs. Depending on your situation, you also may consider using a 1x4 or 2x4 painted to match your mounting location color, attach the 1x4 or 2x4 to your studs and then attach the brackets to the 1x4 or 2x4. This can be a DIY project, but you may also consider contacting a local professional to install if you have questions or concerns. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE WALL MOUNTED TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises not only enhance any outdoor environment but can also offer additional privacy and security solutions for your home and garden. Uniquely designed, with a heavy, durable construction, the H Potter garden trellis is a perfect fit for courtyards and can be used as a patio wall decor, metal wall art, create a privacy screen or use for climbers. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eH POTTER TRELLISES SECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Professionally packaged into three pieces requiring assembly, the iron trellis is pleasing to the eye and perfect for growing vines or purchased as a pair to create private space. This heavy-duty trellis will happily support large plant material. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE IRON SCROLLWORK TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Showcasing solid iron scroll work and an iron tube frame, the trellis offers functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, mandevilla, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Great for setting against fencing, exterior walls or brickwork. If you need a solid, beautiful trellis for your yard, look no further. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE POWDER COAT FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Weather resistant with its black powder-coating, for aesthetic, rustic appeal. Ideal for Summer to support flowering vines, and in fall or winter, to add architectural interest to your outdoor decor. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last. \u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. The trellises are powder-coated black, followed with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eTrellis is 32 inches wide by 72 inches high, plus 17.5 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eWall brackets are approximately: 4 inches x 2 inches x 4.5 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48446028480820,"sku":"GAR670W1","price":348.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-metal-wall-trellis-black-finish.jpg?v=1780180079"},{"product_id":"h-potter-black-metal-iron-scroll-wall-trellis-set-of-3-with-black-wall-mounting-brackets","title":"H Potter Black Metal Iron Scroll Wall Trellis set of 3 with Black Wall Mounting Brackets","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTHIS LISTING INCLUDES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e3 GAR670 TRELLISES AND 3 SETS OF WALL BRACKETS\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dimensions of each trellis 32 inches wide by 72 inches high, plus 17.5 inch ground spikes. Each bracket set includes 4 trellis brackets and each bracket comes with 2 lag bolts for anchoring into solid wood, 2 regular bolts \u0026amp; 4 nuts. Brackets are metal with black powder-coat finish and adjustable from 4 to 6 inches. Brackets are approximately: 4\" x 2\" x 4.5\".\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEAVY DUTY METAL TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises are being used everywhere as Wall Art. Consider using trellises to cover a brick wall, an outdoor shed, a fence, a pool house, a deck wall, a garage, a patio wall.... your options are endless. Make your city space feel like a green garden sanctuary, give architectural interest to an old garden shed, bring dimension to your deck or patio by installing trellises on the walls of your home. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWALL MOUNTING BRACKETS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – H Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. When using wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location. Since all mounting locations\/materials are different, if you have concerns about installation, you may want to contact a local contractor to view your particular mounting location and get their opinion of your situation. Brackets will be most effective when drilled into the wall studs. Depending on your situation, you also may consider using a 1x4 or 2x4 painted to match your mounting location color, attach the 1x4 or 2x4 to your studs and then attach the brackets to the 1x4 or 2x4. This can be a DIY project, but you may also consider contacting a local professional to install if you have questions or concerns. If you are mounting on a brick surface, this blog post about \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/blog\/hanging-a-wall-trellis-on-masonry\/?preview=61d09cad1a94b\"\u003ehanging a wall trellis on masonry\u003c\/a\u003e might be helpful.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE WALL MOUNTED TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises not only enhance any outdoor environment but can also offer additional privacy and security solutions for your home and garden. Check out the H Potter blog for more ideas on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\"\u003etrellis placement.\u003c\/a\u003e Uniquely designed, with a heavy, durable construction, the H Potter 50lb garden trellis is a perfect fit for courtyards and can be used as a patio wall decor, metal wall art, create a privacy screen or use for climbers. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eH POTTER TRELLISES SECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Professionally packaged into three pieces requiring assembly, the iron trellis is pleasing to the eye and perfect for growing vines or purchased as a pair to create private space. This heavy-duty trellis will happily support large plant material. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE WROUGHT IRON SCROLLWORK TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Showcasing solid iron scroll work and an iron tube frame, the trellis offers functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, mandevilla, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Great for setting against fencing, exterior walls or brickwork. If you need a solid, beautiful trellis for your yard, look no further. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDURABLE POWDER COAT FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Weather resistant with its black powder-coating for aesthetic, rustic appeal. Ideal for Summer to support flowering vines, and in fall or winter, to add architectural interest to your outdoor decor. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last. \u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/decorative-candle-lanterns\/candle-lantern-glass-replacement\/\"\u003euse this link\u003c\/a\u003e to purchase lantern glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. The trellises are powder-coated black, with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eEach trellis is 32 inches wide by 72 inches high, plus 17.5 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eWall brackets are approximately: 4 inches x 2 inches x 4.5 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48446041653556,"sku":"GAR670W3","price":1045.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-metal-trellis-set-wall-art.jpg?v=1780180175"},{"product_id":"h-potter-wall-trellis-8-ft-black-wrought-iron-ornamental-metal-with-4-wall-brackets","title":"H Potter Wall Trellis 8 ft Black Iron Ornamental Metal with 4 Wall Brackets","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTHIS LISTING INCLUDES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 GAR671 LARGE TRELLIS AND 1 SET OF WALL BRACKETS\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dimensions of each trellis 32 inches wide by 96 inches high, plus 36 inch ground spikes. Each bracket set includes 4 trellis brackets and each bracket comes with 2 lag bolts for anchoring into solid wood, 2 regular bolts \u0026amp; 4 nuts. Brackets are metal with black powder-coat finish and adjustable from 4 to 6 inches. Brackets are approximately: 4\" x 2\" x 4.5\".\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTRENDING METAL WALL TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises are being used everywhere as Wall Art. Consider using trellises to cover a brick wall, an outdoor shed, a fence, a pool house, a deck wall, a garage, a patio wall.... your options are endless. Make your city space feel like a green garden sanctuary, give architectural interest to an old garden shed, bring dimension to your deck or patio by installing trellises on the walls of your home. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWALL MOUNTING BRACKETS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – H Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. When using wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location. Since all mounting locations\/materials are different, if you have concerns about installation, you may want to contact a local contractor to view your particular mounting location and get their opinion of your situation. Brackets will be most effective when drilled into the wall studs. Depending on your situation, you also may consider using a 1x4 or 2x4 painted to match your mounting location color, attach the 1x4 or 2x4 to your studs and then attach the brackets to the 1x4 or 2x4. This can be a DIY project, but you may also consider contacting a local professional to install if you have questions or concerns. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTHE TRELLIS HAS HEAVY \u0026amp; DURABLE CONSTRUCTION\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises not only enhance any outdoor environment but can also offer additional privacy and security solutions for your home and garden. Uniquely designed, with a heavy, durable construction, the H Potter 80 lb garden trellis is a perfect fit for courtyards and can be used as a patio wall decor, metal wall art, create a privacy screen or use for climbers. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eH POTTER TRELLISES SECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Professionally packaged into three pieces requiring assembly, the iron trellis is pleasing to the eye and perfect for growing vines or purchased as a pair to create private space. This heavy-duty trellis will happily support large plant material. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE WROUGHT IRON SCROLL TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Showcasing solid iron scroll work and an iron tube frame, the trellis offers functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, mandevilla, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Great for setting against fencing, exterior walls or brickwork. If you need a solid, beautiful trellis for your yard, look no further. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSTYLISH POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Weather resistant with its black powder-coating for aesthetic, rustic appeal. Ideal for Summer to support flowering vines, and in fall or winter, to add architectural interest to your outdoor decor. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last. \u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/decorative-candle-lanterns\/candle-lantern-glass-replacement\/\"\u003euse this link\u003c\/a\u003e to purchase lantern glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. The trellises are powder-coated black, and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eTrellis is 32 inches wide by 96 inches high, plus 36 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eWall brackets are approximately: 4 inches x 2 inches x 4.5 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48446049976628,"sku":"GAR671W1","price":415.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/GAR671_trellis_H_Potter_metal_garden_trellis_backyard_landscape_yart_art_02-GAR545L.jpg?v=1746031344"},{"product_id":"h-potter-set-of-2-wall-trellises-8-ft-black-wrought-iron-ornamental-metal-with-4-wall-brackets","title":"H Potter Set of 2 Wall Trellises 8 ft Black Wrought Iron Ornamental Metal with 4 Wall Brackets","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTHIS LISTING INCLUDES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e2 GAR671 LARGE TRELLISES AND 2 SETS OF WALL BRACKETS\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dimensions of each trellis 32 inches wide by 96 inches high, plus 36 inch ground spikes. Each bracket set includes 4 trellis brackets and each bracket comes with 2 lag bolts for anchoring into solid wood, 2 regular bolts \u0026amp; 4 nuts. Brackets are metal with black powder-coat finish and adjustable from 4 to 6 inches. Brackets are approximately: 4\" x 2\" x 4.5\".\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTRENDING METAL WALL TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises are being used everywhere as Wall Art. Consider using trellises to cover a brick wall, an outdoor shed, a fence, a pool house, a deck wall, a garage, a patio wall.... your options are endless. Make your city space feel like a green garden sanctuary, give architectural interest to an old garden shed, bring dimension to your deck or patio by installing trellises on the walls of your home. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWALL MOUNTING BRACKETS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – H Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. When using wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location. Since all mounting locations\/materials are different, if you have concerns about installation, you may want to contact a local contractor to view your particular mounting location and get their opinion of your situation. Brackets will be most effective when drilled into the wall studs. Depending on your situation, you also may consider using a 1x4 or 2x4 painted to match your mounting location color, attach the 1x4 or 2x4 to your studs and then attach the brackets to the 1x4 or 2x4. This can be a DIY project, but you may also consider contacting a local professional to install if you have questions or concerns. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEAVY \u0026amp; DURABLE WALL MOUNTED TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Trellises not only enhance any outdoor environment but can also offer additional privacy and security solutions for your home and garden. Uniquely designed, with a heavy, durable construction, the H Potter 80 lb garden trellis is a perfect fit for courtyards and can be used as a patio wall decor, metal wall art, create a privacy screen or use for climbers. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eH POTTER TRELLISES SECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Professionally packaged into three pieces requiring assembly, the iron trellis is pleasing to the eye and perfect for growing vines or purchased as a pair to create private space. This heavy-duty trellis will happily support large plant material. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE WROUGHT IRON SCROLLING TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Showcasing solid iron scroll work and an iron tube frame, the trellis offers functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, mandevilla, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Great for setting against fencing, exterior walls or brickwork. If you need a solid, beautiful trellis for your yard, look no further. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSTYLISH POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Weather resistant with its black powder-coating for aesthetic, rustic appeal. Ideal for Summer to support flowering vines, and in fall or winter, to add architectural interest to your outdoor decor. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last. \u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter is not offering shipping outside of the lower 48 states.  Duties and shipping charges to other locations are often more expensive than the item itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/decorative-candle-lanterns\/candle-lantern-glass-replacement\/\"\u003euse this link\u003c\/a\u003e to purchase lantern glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. The trellises are powder-coated black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eTrellis is 32 inches wide by 96 inches high, plus 36 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eWall brackets are approximately: 4 inches x 2 inches x 4.5 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48446056825140,"sku":"GAR671W2","price":819.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/GAR671W2-440190.jpg?v=1738082040"},{"product_id":"h-potter-metal-trellis-set-of-3-wrought-iron-garden-decor-indoor-outdoor-wall-art","title":"H Potter Metal Trellis Set of 3 – Iron Garden Decor, Indoor Outdoor Yard Art","description":"\u003cul class=\"a-unordered-list a-vertical a-spacing-none\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLARGE METAL GARDEN TRELLIS - SET OF 3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – New from the H Potter design team, our unique new trellis design is ready to support all different kinds of climbing and flowering plants in your garden. This trellis is built from solid iron to offer your garden functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, mandevilla, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Take advantage of the unique combination of scroll and grid-work to accentuate your fencing by placing this trellis next to it, or grow climbing plants up the trellis to create your own unique garden fencing option in your outdoor spaces, or simply place as the centerpiece of your backyard landscaping or garden. No matter where you plan on placing this trellis around your home and garden, this trellis set will stand out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHEAVY DUTY AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Professionally packaged with some assembly required, this large metal trellis set is ready to stand the test of time in your garden. Each trellis has dimensions of 40 inches wide and 72 inches tall, each heavy duty trellis comes with a secure anchoring system that will support heavy plant material. Keep your plants supported and your garden and home a safe space with the garden trellis spikes. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE TRELLIS DESIGN\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – Enhance the environment of your home and take your outdoor space to the next level. With its unique design and heavy durable iron construction, this H Potter trellis set is the perfect fit for garden entrances, patios, decks, as a privacy screen, or standalone for climbing plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCHARCOAL BROWN POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\" style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – With a beautiful charcoal brown powder coat finish, this large trellis set provides a beautiful and stylish appeal for your garden. Ideal for summer plants or to support flowering vine, or as a standalone piece in the fall and winter. This trellis set is your perfect solution to year round decor with its weather resistant finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. This trellis is powder-coated a charcoal brown, then a hand-applied black faux finish is added and it is finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions \u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e 40 inches wide by 72 inches high, plus 18 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great option to use for decorating your garden or outdoor wall space. Beautiful on their own or adorned with climbing plants, a trellis can be just the thing you need to enhance your yard. In addition to their beauty, a trellis can also offer great privacy. Our H Potter Large Iron Garden Trellis will look great wherever you put it. Use it to add some elegance to your wall or fence area, or get a few metal garden trellises and create a private haven in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48527213429044,"sku":"GAR694S3","price":1167.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/88-GAR694_New_style_trellis.jpg?v=1774397692"},{"product_id":"h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-1-large-2-small-tall-black-metal-yard-art-for-backyard-landscaping-climbing-plants","title":"H Potter Geometric Garden Trellis Set of 3 – 1 Large 69\" Tall \u0026 2 Small 58\"Tall","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1 (recommended): H Potter Geometric Garden Trellis Set of 3 – 1 Large, 2 Small Black Iron Trellises\nMeta title: H Potter Geometric Garden Trellis Set of 3 | 1 Large + 2 Small Black Trellises\nMeta description: Create a layered garden statement with this H Potter geometric trellis set of 3. Includes 1 large and 2 small black iron trellises for climbing plants, borders, and landscape structure.\n--\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee}\n\n.hp-links a,.hub-nav a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover,.hub-nav a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n.hub-nav{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n.hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Garden Trellises — Built for Real Outdoor Conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INTRO \/ EEAT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe H Potter geometric trellis set of 3\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you a ready-made layered look for the garden with one large trellis and two smaller matching trellises. Designed with bold lines and a clean architectural pattern, this coordinated set adds height, structure, and visual rhythm to garden beds, fences, patios, and landscape borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse the taller center trellis as a focal point and place the two smaller trellises to either side for a balanced, high-end presentation. This set works beautifully with climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, ivy, and other vining plants, while still looking striking on its own as decorative yard art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach trellis is designed for freestanding use with included ground spikes, and can also be mounted to a wall or fence using optional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall mounting brackets\u003c\/a\u003e. If you prefer individual pieces, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-large-geometric-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003esingle large GAR688 trellis\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, H Potter has designed premium garden products for customers who value substantial materials, distinctive style, and long-term outdoor durability.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: SET-GAR688-1_GAR689-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: 1 large trellis + 2 small trellises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge trellis: 28 inches wide x 69 inches tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall trellises: 24 inches wide x 58 inches tall each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Heavy duty iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchoring: Ground spikes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayered garden focal points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing plants and vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard landscaping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence and wall accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometric modern garden styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating symmetry in planting beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the large trellis in the center with the two smaller trellises flanking each side for a ready-made architectural display.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- DIMENSIONS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSET-GAR688-1_GAR689-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 large geometric trellis and 2 small geometric trellises\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge Trellis Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 inches wide x 69 inches tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Trellis Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 inches wide x 58 inches tall each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat with protective clear sealer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding with ground spikes or wall mounted using GAR678 brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClimbing plant support, decorative garden structure, fence and wall accent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RELATED PRODUCTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRelated Geometric Trellis Options\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-large-geometric-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003eSingle Large Geometric Trellis (GAR688)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-set-of-2-garden-trellises-large-black-geometric-iron-outdoor-yard-art\"\u003eSet of 2 Large Geometric Trellises (GAR688S2)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 Wall Mounting Brackets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003eShop All H Potter Garden Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Climbing Plants\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClematis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoneysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIvy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start guiding young stems early so the plants follow the lines of each trellis and create a more intentional layered display.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- HUB GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eComplete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hub-nav\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:10px 0 15px;font-size:0.95em;\"\u003eExplore our complete trellis resources:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003e🏡 Shop Garden Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-buying-guide\"\u003eTrellis Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/climbing-plants-for-a-trellis\"\u003eClimbing Plants Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-installation-guide\"\u003eTrellis Installation Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/seasonal-trellis-decor\"\u003eSeasonal Trellis Decor Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/how-its-made-h-potter-trellises\"\u003eHow It's Made\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- BLOG LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eTrellis Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/designing-with-a-metal-garden-trellis\"\u003eDesigning with a Metal Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/best-climbing-plants-for-trellises\"\u003eBest Climbing Plants for Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/benefits-to-vertical-gardening\"\u003eBenefits of Vertical Gardening\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/10-creative-ways-to-use-trellises-in-your-garden-design\"\u003e10 Creative Ways to Use Trellises in Your Garden Design\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/how-to-train-vining-plants-on-your-trellis\"\u003eHow to Train Vining Plants on Your Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter metal trellises are crafted from heavy duty iron for strength and long-term outdoor use. This geometric trellis set is finished in black powder coat with a protective clear sealer designed to help the surface perform in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTo help preserve the finish, many customers choose to apply a clear outdoor spray annually. If minor hairline cracks or scratches appear during shipping, assembly, or seasonal use, touch up the area promptly with an appropriate clear outdoor spray coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach trellis includes ground spikes for freestanding placement. If you choose wall mounting instead, optional GAR678 brackets include wood screws. For masonry or other surfaces, use hardware appropriate for your installation surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in this trellis set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set includes one large geometric trellis measuring approximately 28 inches wide by 69 inches tall and two small geometric trellises measuring approximately 24 inches wide by 58 inches tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these trellises freestanding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Each trellis includes ground spikes for freestanding placement in soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these trellises be mounted to a wall or fence?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Optional GAR678 wall mounting brackets can be used if you prefer to mount them to a wall, fence, or similar surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat plants work best on this trellis set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClimbing roses, clematis, honeysuckle, jasmine, ivy, and other vining plants are all excellent choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose a set of 3 instead of a single trellis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA set of 3 makes it easier to create a coordinated landscape design with more height variation, stronger visual impact, and better coverage across a wider planting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this trellis set require assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Some assembly is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ SCHEMA --\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\n\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is included in this trellis set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This set includes one large geometric trellis measuring approximately 28 inches wide by 69 inches tall and two small geometric trellises measuring approximately 24 inches wide by 58 inches tall.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these trellises freestanding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each trellis includes ground spikes for freestanding placement in soil.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can these trellises be mounted to a wall or fence?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Optional GAR678 wall mounting brackets can be used if you prefer to mount them to a wall, fence, or similar surface.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What plants work best on this trellis set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Climbing roses, clematis, honeysuckle, jasmine, ivy, and other vining plants are all excellent choices.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why choose a set of 3 instead of a single trellis?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A set of 3 makes it easier to create a coordinated landscape design with more height variation, stronger visual impact, and better coverage across a wider planting area.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this trellis set require assembly?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Some assembly is required.\"}}\n]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT SCHEMA --\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n\"@type\":\"Product\",\n\"name\":\"H Potter Geometric Garden Trellis Set of 3 – 1 Large, 2 Small Black Iron Trellises\",\n\"sku\":\"SET-GAR688-1_GAR689-2\",\n\"brand\":{\"@type\":\"Brand\",\"name\":\"H Potter\"},\n\"url\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-1-large-2-small-tall-black-metal-yard-art-for-backyard-landscaping-climbing-plants\",\n\"description\":\"H Potter geometric garden trellis set of 3 includes one large black iron trellis and two small matching trellises for climbing plants, decorative landscape structure, and layered garden design.\",\n\"category\":\"Garden Trellises\",\n\"additionalProperty\":[\n  {\"@type\":\"PropertyValue\",\"name\":\"Set Includes\",\"value\":\"1 large trellis and 2 small trellises\"},\n  {\"@type\":\"PropertyValue\",\"name\":\"Large Trellis Size\",\"value\":\"28 inches wide x 69 inches tall\"},\n  {\"@type\":\"PropertyValue\",\"name\":\"Small Trellis Size\",\"value\":\"24 inches wide x 58 inches tall each\"},\n  {\"@type\":\"PropertyValue\",\"name\":\"Material\",\"value\":\"Heavy duty iron\"},\n  {\"@type\":\"PropertyValue\",\"name\":\"Finish\",\"value\":\"Black powder coat with protective clear sealer\"},\n  {\"@type\":\"PropertyValue\",\"name\":\"Installation\",\"value\":\"Freestanding with included ground spikes or wall mounted with optional GAR678 brackets\"}\n]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- BREADCRUMB SCHEMA --\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n\"@type\":\"BreadcrumbList\",\n\"itemListElement\":[\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":1,\"name\":\"Home\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\"},\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":2,\"name\":\"Garden Trellises\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/garden-trellis\"},\n{\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":3,\"name\":\"H Potter Geometric Garden Trellis Set of 3\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-1-large-2-small-tall-black-metal-yard-art-for-backyard-landscaping-climbing-plants\"}\n]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48583444267316,"sku":"SET-GAR688-1_GAR689-2","price":548.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-geometric-garden-trellis-set-of-3.jpg?v=1778778910"},{"product_id":"h-potter-black-trellis-set-of-2-iron-outdoor-landscape-yard-art-gothic-style","title":"H Potter Trellis Set of 2 – Gothic Black Garden Trellises - 62\"Tall","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1 (recommended): H Potter Trellis Set of 2 – Gothic Black Garden Trellises for Climbing Plants\nMeta title: H Potter Gothic Black Garden Trellis Set of 2 | GAR687S2 | Metal Trellises\nMeta description: H Potter Gothic black garden trellis set of 2 (GAR687S2), each 62 inches tall with ground stakes included. Ideal for climbing plants, garden structure, privacy, or optional wall mounting.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee}\n\n.hp-links a,.hub-nav a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover,.hub-nav a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n.hub-nav{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n.hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Garden Trellises — Built for Real Outdoor Conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INTRO \/ EEAT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe H Potter Gothic trellis set of 2\u003c\/strong\u003e brings matching vertical structure to garden beds, borders, patios, fences, and landscape designs. Each trellis stands 62 inches tall and is crafted from heavy-duty iron with a black powder coated finish for long-lasting outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis set is ideal for customers who want the look of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003esingle GAR687 Gothic trellis\u003c\/a\u003e but need a coordinated pair for symmetry, added plant support, or a more substantial landscape presentation. Use them to flank an entry, frame a garden bed, accent a fence line, or support climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and ivy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach trellis is designed for freestanding use with included ground stakes, and can also be mounted to a wall using optional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall mounting brackets\u003c\/a\u003e if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, H Potter has designed premium garden products for homeowners who want lasting quality, distinctive design, and reliable outdoor performance season after season.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: GAR687S2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Set of 2 matching trellises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 62 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 24 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Heavy duty iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: ¾\" square metal tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner bars: 6mm square bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchoring: Ground stakes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing plants and vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching landscape accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed symmetry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence or wall placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative vertical structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating a layered garden display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e A matching pair of trellises can visually anchor a larger planting area and create a more intentional, high-end landscape look.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- DIMENSIONS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hp-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGAR687S2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of 2 trellises\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 inches each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 inches each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾ inch square iron tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat with protective sealer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding with ground stakes or wall mounted using GAR678 brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RELATED PRODUCTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRelated Gothic Trellis Options\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003eSingle Gothic Trellis (GAR687)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-tall-black-metal-1-large-2-small\"\u003eSet of 3 Gothic Trellises (GAR686 + 2 GAR687)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-large-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003eLarge Gothic Trellis (GAR686)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Climbing Plants\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClematis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoneysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIvy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet peas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start guiding fresh growth onto the trellis early so plants fill the framework more evenly as the season progresses.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- HUB GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eComplete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hub-nav\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:10px 0 15px;font-size:0.95em;\"\u003eExplore our complete trellis resources:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003e🏡 Shop Garden Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-buying-guide\"\u003eTrellis Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/climbing-plants-for-a-trellis\"\u003eClimbing Plants Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-installation-guide\"\u003eTrellis Installation Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/seasonal-trellis-decor\"\u003eSeasonal Trellis Decor Guide\u003c\/a\u003e |\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/how-its-made-h-potter-trellises\"\u003eHow It's Made\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- BLOG LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eTrellis Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/10-creative-ways-to-use-trellises-in-your-garden-design\"\u003e10 Creative Ways to Use Trellises in Your Garden Design\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/how-to-train-vining-plants-on-your-trellis\"\u003eHow to Train Vining Plants on Your Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/trellising-climbing-roses\"\u003eTrellising Climbing Roses\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/accenting-your-home-and-garden-with-a-rose-trellis\"\u003eAccenting Your Home and Garden with a Rose Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/why-should-you-trellis\"\u003eWhy Should You Trellis?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach trellis in this set is made from heavy duty iron and finished in a black powder coat for durability and year-round outdoor appeal. The strong frame provides dependable support for climbing plants while maintaining a decorative Gothic profile even when used without vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo help preserve the finish over time, inspect periodically for scratches or wear caused by tools, weather, or shifting plant growth. Minor marks can be touched up with an appropriate outdoor clear coat or metal touch-up product if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a set of two separate trellises?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. GAR687S2 includes two matching Gothic trellises, each measuring 24 inches wide by 62 inches tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these trellises freestanding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Each trellis includes ground stakes for freestanding placement in soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these trellises be mounted to a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Optional GAR678 wall mounting brackets can be used if you want to mount them to a wall, fence, or similar surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between GAR687 and GAR687S2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGAR687 is the single Gothic trellis. GAR687S2 is the matching set of 2, designed for customers who want greater coverage, symmetry, or multiple placement options in the landscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat plants work best on these trellises?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClimbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, ivy, and other vining plants are all excellent choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use both trellises together or separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You can place them side by side, space them apart in the same bed, or use them in different garden areas while maintaining a coordinated look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48583453278516,"sku":"GAR687S2","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-small-gothic-set-of-two-trellises.jpg?v=1778284140"},{"product_id":"h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-tall-black-metal-1-large-2-small","title":"H Potter Garden Trellis Set of 3 – Gothic Black Finish - 1 Large 73\" Tall \u0026 2 Small 62\" Tall","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1 (recommended): H Potter Trellis Set of 3 – Gothic Black Garden Trellises for Landscaping\nMeta title: H Potter Trellis Set of 3 – Gothic Black Garden Trellises | SET-GAR686-1_GAR687-2\nMeta description: Set of 3 H Potter Gothic black garden trellises with 1 large 73\" panel and 2 smaller 62\" panels, plus 13\" ground stakes for climbing plants, privacy, and landscaping.\nFirst 160 chars opener: A coordinated set of 3 Gothic black garden trellises designed for landscaping, climbing plants, privacy, and dramatic vertical structure outdoors.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hp-card h3{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-grid .hp-card{margin:0}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0;margin:0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n.hp-tip strong{color:#5F7A19}\n\n.hp-table-wrap{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:10px auto 0;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6;border-radius:8px;overflow:hidden}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd;font-weight:800}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;vertical-align:top}\n\n.hp-links a,.hub-nav a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover,.hub-nav a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n.hub-nav{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hub-nav h4{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n  .hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n  .hp-section{font-size:1.2em}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Garden Trellises — Built for Real Outdoor Conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTRO \/ EEAT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis H Potter set of 3 Gothic garden trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for gardeners and homeowners who want layered height, coordinated structure, and strong vertical impact in the landscape. The set includes \u003cstrong\u003eone large trellis and two smaller trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a striking grouped arrangement that works beautifully in garden beds, along fences, near patios, or as decorative yard art with or without climbing plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from durable iron with a weather-resistant black powder-coated finish, this trellis set offers both decorative presence and functional vine support. Use it to train roses, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis, jasmine, and other climbing plants, or display the panels as freestanding garden accents. For wall-mounted use, add optional \u003ca title=\"Wall brackets in black finish\" href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall brackets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, H Potter has designed premium garden products built for real outdoor conditions—crafted to look refined, perform season after season, and supported by responsive customer care.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 3 trellises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 GAR686 + 2 GAR687\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge trellis size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32\" W × 73\" H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall trellis size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24\" W × 62\" H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4\" square metal tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm square bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGround stakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13\" metal spikes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black powder-coated finish with protective sealer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayered landscaping and backyard focal points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden entrances, patios, and fence-line styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis, and jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding use as yard art or privacy-enhancing structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers who want a coordinated multi-height trellis grouping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mixed heights create a more dimensional and designer-style look than using three identical panels.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY YOU'LL LOVE IT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhy You’ll Love This Set of 3 Gothic Trellises\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayered architectural look:\u003c\/strong\u003e One taller center panel with two shorter coordinating panels creates strong visual rhythm and structure in the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for climbing plants:\u003c\/strong\u003e The iron framework supports roses, clematis, honeysuckle, jasmine, ivy, and other decorative climbers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the included 13\" ground stakes to position the trellises in beds, borders, or along fence lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mount option:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add optional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall brackets\u003c\/a\u003e to convert the trellises for wall or fence display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYear-round design appeal:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black powder-coated finish gives the set strong architectural presence even in fall and winter when plants are dormant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- DIMENSIONS \/ SPECS TABLE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable aria-label=\"Set of 3 Gothic trellises specifications\" class=\"hp-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSET-GAR686-1_GAR687-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 trellises total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded models\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 large GAR686 + 2 smaller GAR687\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGAR686 size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 inches wide × 73 inches high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGAR687 size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 inches wide × 62 inches high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOuter frame material \u0026amp; size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4\" square metal tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInner material \u0026amp; size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround stakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal, 13\" long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat with protective clear sealer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding with ground stakes or wall-mounted with optional GAR678 brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSome assembly required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the larger GAR686 as the center focal point and place the two GAR687 trellises on either side for a layered, balanced landscape composition.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RELATED OPTIONS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRelated Gothic Trellis Options\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the configuration that best fits your garden layout:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-large-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003eSingle Large Gothic Trellis (GAR686)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-2-large-black-iron\"\u003eSet of 2 Large Gothic Trellises (GAR686S2)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eOptional GAR678 Wall Mounting Brackets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHAT CAN I DO WITH THIS SET --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhat Can I Do With This Trellis Set?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis coordinated set of 3 is ideal for customers who want more design flexibility than a single trellis or matching pair. The varied panel heights create a more natural, layered look while still feeling structured and intentional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate a dramatic garden backdrop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use all three together to anchor a bed, border, or patio edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayer along a fence or wall:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mixed heights soften long hard surfaces and add architectural structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport flowering climbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Train vines across the three panels for a fuller, more dimensional planted effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse as yard art:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gothic silhouettes stand beautifully on their own even before plants begin climbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Climbing Plants\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mixed-height Gothic trellis set works especially well with decorative climbers and flowering vines that benefit from strong vertical support and layered placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eFlowering Favorites\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClematis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoneysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eCoverage \u0026amp; Structure\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIvy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther ornamental climbers suited to your region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start climbers on the center panel first, then guide additional growth outward to the smaller side panels for a fuller, balanced look.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- HUB GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eComplete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hub-nav\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 10px 0 15px; font-size: 0.95em;\"\u003eExplore our comprehensive trellis resources:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003e🏡 Shop Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-buying-guide\"\u003eTrellis Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/climbing-plants-for-a-trellis\"\u003eClimbing Plants Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-installation-guide\"\u003eTrellis Installation Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/seasonal-trellis-decor\"\u003eSeasonal Trellis Decor Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/how-its-made-h-potter-trellises\"\u003eHow It's Made\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTERNAL BLOG LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eTrellis Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these articles for styling ideas, placement tips, and climbing plant inspiration:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/designing-with-a-metal-garden-trellis\"\u003eDesigning with a Metal Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/benefits-to-vertical-gardening\"\u003eBenefits to Vertical Gardening\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/5-best-places-to-install-your-trellis\"\u003e5 Best Places to Install Your Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/balance-form-and-function-with-a-trellis-from-our-shop\"\u003eBalance Form and Function with a Trellis from Our Shop\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/the-timeless-allure-of-metal-garden-trellises\"\u003eThe Timeless Allure of Metal Garden Trellises\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS \u0026 CARE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty metal construction with a 3\/4\" square outer frame and 6mm square inner bars for strength and long-term garden use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black powder-coated finish with a protective clear sealer for weather resistance and year-round appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For added protection, apply a clear outdoor metal spray annually. If scratches occur during assembly or installation, touch up promptly to help protect exposed metal.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the included 13\" ground stakes for freestanding installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional GAR678 wall brackets can be used if you prefer to mount the trellises to a wall or fence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some assembly is required. Use care during setup to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT FAQs --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in this trellis set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 large GAR686 trellis and 2 smaller GAR687 trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these trellises stand on their own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The trellises are designed for \u003cstrong\u003efreestanding use with the included 13-inch ground stakes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these trellises be mounted to a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. If you want to use them as wall art or wall trellises, add the optional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall mounting brackets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow large are the trellises in this set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set includes \u003cstrong\u003eone 32\" × 73\" trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003etwo 24\" × 62\" trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat plants work best on this trellis set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set works beautifully with \u003cstrong\u003eclimbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, ivy, and other decorative climbers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this set good for landscaping and privacy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The set is especially useful for \u003cstrong\u003elandscaping, backyards, garden focal points, and privacy-enhancing vertical structure\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ SCHEMA --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\":[\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is included in this trellis set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This set includes 1 large GAR686 trellis and 2 smaller GAR687 trellises.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can these trellises stand on their own?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The trellises are designed for freestanding use with the included 13-inch ground stakes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can these trellises be mounted to a wall?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. If you want to use them as wall art or wall trellises, add the optional GAR678 wall mounting brackets.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How large are the trellises in this set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The set includes one 32 inch by 73 inch trellis and two 24 inch by 62 inch trellises.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What plants work best on this trellis set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This set works beautifully with climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, ivy, and other decorative climbers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this set good for landscaping and privacy?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The set is especially useful for landscaping, backyards, garden focal points, and privacy-enhancing vertical structure.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003c!-- BREADCRUMB SCHEMA --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\":\"BreadcrumbList\",\n  \"itemListElement\":[\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":1,\"name\":\"Home\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\"},\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":2,\"name\":\"Trellises\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/trellises\"},\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":3,\"name\":\"Gothic Garden Trellis Set of 3\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-tall-black-metal-1-large-2-small\"}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48721363009844,"sku":"SET-GAR686-1_GAR687-2","price":548.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-garden-trellis-metal-black-finish-large-gothic-set-3.jpg?v=1778342203"},{"product_id":"h-potter-trellis-set-of-2-large-black-iron","title":"H Potter Trellis Set of 2 – Large Gothic Black Garden Trellises - 73\" Tall","description":"\u003c!-- OPTIONAL (paste into Shopify SEO fields, not in HTML):\nH1 (recommended): H Potter Trellis Set of 2 – Large Gothic Black Garden Trellises\nMeta title: H Potter Trellis Set of 2 – Large Gothic Black Garden Trellises | GAR686S2\nMeta description: Set of 2 H Potter large Gothic black garden trellises, each 32\" wide x 73\" high with 12\" ground stakes for climbing plants, privacy screening, and wall or garden use.\nFirst 160 chars opener: A dramatic set of 2 Gothic black garden trellises designed for climbing plants, privacy, and architectural structure in outdoor spaces.\n--\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.hp-wrap{max-width:1200px;margin:0 auto;padding:28px 18px;font-family:Arial,sans-serif;line-height:1.8;color:#333}\n.hp-topline{font-size:1.05em;color:#5F7A19;font-weight:700;text-align:center;margin:0 0 12px}\n.hp-intro{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto 22px}\n.hp-intro p{margin:0 0 14px}\n\n.hp-section{background:linear-gradient(135deg,#5F7A19 0%,#709C00 100%);color:#fff;padding:16px 20px;margin:28px 0 18px;border-radius:8px;font-size:1.35em;font-weight:700}\n\n.hp-card{background:#f9f9f9;border:2px solid #e0e0e0;border-radius:8px;padding:20px;margin:0 0 18px}\n.hp-card h3{margin:0 0 10px;font-size:1.15em;color:#000}\n\n.hp-grid{display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:18px;max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-grid .hp-card{margin:0}\n\n.hp-list{list-style:none;padding:0;margin:0}\n.hp-list li{padding:8px 0;margin:0}\n\n.hp-badge{display:inline-block;background:#e8f0dc;border-left:4px solid #709C00;padding:6px 10px;border-radius:4px;font-weight:800;color:#2f3f10;margin-bottom:10px}\n\n.hp-tip{background:#e8f0dc;border-left:5px solid #709C00;padding:16px 18px;margin:16px 0;border-radius:0 8px 8px 0}\n.hp-tip strong{color:#5F7A19}\n\n.hp-table-wrap{max-width:900px;margin:0 auto}\n.hp-table{width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin:10px auto 0;background:#fff;border:1px solid #e6e6e6;border-radius:8px;overflow:hidden}\n.hp-table th{background:#f3f5f2;text-align:left;padding:12px;border-bottom:2px solid #ddd;font-weight:800}\n.hp-table td{padding:12px;border-bottom:1px solid #eee;vertical-align:top}\n\n.hp-links a{color:#5F7A19;text-decoration:none;font-weight:800;border-bottom:2px solid transparent}\n.hp-links a:hover{border-bottom-color:#709C00}\n\n@media (max-width:768px){\n  .hp-grid{grid-template-columns:1fr}\n  .hp-section{font-size:1.2em}\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"hp-topline\"\u003ePremium Garden Trellises — Built for Real Outdoor Conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTRO \/ EEAT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-intro\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis H Potter set of 2 large Gothic garden trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for gardeners and homeowners who want strong vertical structure, elegant symmetry, and durable climbing support in outdoor spaces. With their tall pointed arch design and black powder-coated finish, these trellises bring architectural presence whether used with plants or displayed as decorative garden accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach trellis measures \u003cstrong\u003e32 inches wide by 73 inches tall\u003c\/strong\u003e and includes \u003cstrong\u003e13-inch ground stakes\u003c\/strong\u003e for freestanding use. Style them as a matched pair at an entry, patio, or walkway, use them to create a wider privacy screen, or mount them to a wall or fence with optional \u003ca title=\"Wall brackets in black finish\" href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall brackets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy trust H Potter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since 1997, H Potter has designed premium garden products built for real outdoor conditions—crafted to look refined, perform season after season, and supported by responsive customer care.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- AT A GLANCE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eAt a Glance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 2 trellises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight per trellis:\u003c\/strong\u003e 73\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth per trellis:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4\" square metal tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm square bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGround stakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13\" metal spikes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black powder-coated finish with protective sealer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSymmetrical entryways and patio styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses, clematis, jasmine, and honeysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden privacy screening and wider visual coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding placement or wall-mounted trellis styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers who want a coordinated pair rather than a single panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign note:\u003c\/strong\u003e A set of 2 creates a stronger finished look than a single trellis and works especially well where symmetry, width, or layered privacy matters.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY YOU'LL LOVE IT --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhy You’ll Love This Set of 2 Gothic Trellises\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched pair for a finished look:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for flanking entryways, gates, pathways, large planters, or patio spaces with balanced vertical structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinct Gothic silhouette:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pointed arch shape adds classic architectural character and height to the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for climbing plants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong iron construction provides dependable support for flowering vines and mature climbers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding or wall-mounted:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the included ground stakes for garden installation or add optional \u003ca title=\"Wall brackets in black finish\" href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 brackets\u003c\/a\u003e for wall use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish for year-round appeal:\u003c\/strong\u003e The weather-resistant black powder coat looks striking in every season, even without plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- DIMENSIONS \/ SPECS TABLE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable aria-label=\"Set of 2 Gothic garden trellises specifications\" class=\"hp-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGAR686S2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 large trellises\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight per trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth per trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOuter frame material \u0026amp; size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4\" square metal tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInner material \u0026amp; size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm square bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGround stakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal, 13\" long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat with protective clear sealer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding with ground stakes or wall-mounted with optional GAR678 brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSome assembly required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the pair together to create a wider visual screen, frame an entrance, or soften a fence or wall with coordinated vertical structure.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SET OPTIONS \/ RELATED PRODUCTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRelated Gothic Trellis Options\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the format that best fits your garden layout:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-large-gothic-trellis-wrought-iron-indoor-outdoor-wall-art\"\u003eSingle Large Gothic Trellis (GAR686)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-tall-black-metal-1-large-2-small\"\u003eSet of 3 Gothic Trellises (1 GAR686 + 2 GAR687)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eOptional GAR678 Wall Mounting Brackets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHAT CAN I DO WITH THIS SET --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eWhat Can I Do With This Trellis Set?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis H Potter set of 2 Gothic trellises is especially useful for customers who want a coordinated design element rather than a single trellis. The matched pair creates symmetry, width, and a stronger architectural statement in the landscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame an entry or gate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use one trellis on each side for a balanced, finished look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate wider screening:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the pair in sequence to add privacy and vertical structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport climbing plants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Train roses, clematis, jasmine, or honeysuckle over both panels for a fuller garden effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse as wall art:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount the trellises to fencing, masonry, or exterior walls with optional brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED PLANTS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eRecommended Climbing Plants\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis large Gothic trellis set works especially well for flowering vines and decorative climbers that benefit from vertical support and strong visual framing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eFlowering Favorites\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimbing roses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClematis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoneysuckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan class=\"hp-badge\"\u003eDecorative Coverage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIvy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther ornamental climbers suited to your region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start guiding young stems early across both trellises so the pair fills in evenly and reads as a cohesive planted feature.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- INTERNAL BLOG LINKS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eTrellis Guides by H Potter\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card hp-links\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these articles for styling ideas, trellis placement, and climbing plant inspiration:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/10-creative-ways-to-use-trellises-in-your-garden-design\"\u003e10 Creative Ways to Use Trellises in Your Garden Design\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/metal-trellis-decor-ideas-for-your-outdoor-living-spaces\"\u003eMetal Trellis Decor Ideas for Your Outdoor Living Spaces\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/8-stand-out-metal-trellises-to-fall-in-love-with\"\u003e8 Stand-Out Metal Trellises to Fall in Love With\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/flower-trellises-transform-your-garden-into-a-haven\"\u003eFlower Trellises: Transform Your Garden into a Haven\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/blogs\/gardening\/can-a-trellis-be-freestanding-exploring-the-possibilities\"\u003eCan a Trellis Be Freestanding? Exploring the Possibilities\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- MATERIALS \u0026 CARE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty metal construction with a 3\/4\" square outer frame and 6mm square inner bars for strength and long-term garden use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black powder-coated finish with a protective clear sealer for weather resistance and year-round appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-tip\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For added protection, apply a clear outdoor metal spray annually. If scratches occur during assembly or installation, touch up promptly to help protect exposed metal.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hp-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the included 13\" ground stakes for freestanding installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional GAR678 wall brackets can be used if you prefer to mount the trellises to a wall or fence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some assembly is required. Use care during setup to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- HUB GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eComplete Garden Trellis Guide Series\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hub-nav\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 10px 0 15px; font-size: 0.95em;\"\u003eExplore our comprehensive trellis resources:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-trellis\"\u003e🏡 Shop Garden Trellis\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-buying-guide\"\u003eTrellis Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/climbing-plants-for-a-trellis\"\u003eClimbing Plants Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/h-potter-trellis-installation-guide\"\u003eTrellis Installation Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/seasonal-trellis-decor\"\u003eSeasonal Trellis Decor Guide\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/pages\/how-its-made-h-potter-trellises\"\u003eHow It's Made\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT FAQs --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-section\"\u003eProduct FAQs\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this SKU include 2 trellises?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003cstrong\u003eGAR686S2 includes 2 large Gothic trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these trellises stand on their own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Each trellis is designed for \u003cstrong\u003efreestanding use with the included 13-inch ground stakes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these trellises be mounted to a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. If you want to use them as wall art or wall trellises, add the optional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-wall-mounting-brackets-set-of-4-in-black-finish\"\u003eGAR678 wall mounting brackets\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat plants work best on this trellis set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set works beautifully with \u003cstrong\u003eclimbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and other flowering vines\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow large is each trellis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach trellis measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e32 inches wide by 73 inches high\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hp-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a coordinated set with mixed heights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. H Potter also offers a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-3-tall-black-metal-1-large-2-small\"\u003eset of 3\u003c\/a\u003e that includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 GAR686 and 2 GAR687 trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e for a layered look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ SCHEMA --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\":[\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this SKU include 2 trellises?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. GAR686S2 includes 2 large Gothic trellises.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can these trellises stand on their own?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each trellis is designed for freestanding use with the included 13-inch ground stakes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can these trellises be mounted to a wall?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. If you want to use them as wall art or wall trellises, add the optional GAR678 wall mounting brackets.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What plants work best on this trellis set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This set works beautifully with climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, honeysuckle, and other flowering vines.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How large is each trellis?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each trellis measures approximately 32 inches wide by 73 inches high.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there a coordinated set with mixed heights?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. H Potter also offers a set of 3 that includes 1 GAR686 and 2 GAR687 trellises for a layered look.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e \u003c!-- BREADCRUMB SCHEMA --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\":\"BreadcrumbList\",\n  \"itemListElement\":[\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":1,\"name\":\"Home\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\"},\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":2,\"name\":\"Trellises\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/trellises\"},\n    {\"@type\":\"ListItem\",\"position\":3,\"name\":\"Gothic Garden Trellis Set of 2\",\"item\":\"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/products\/h-potter-trellis-set-of-2-large-black-iron\"}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48754586779956,"sku":"GAR686S2","price":419.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-trellis-metal-black-finish-large-gothic-set-2-garden-view.jpg?v=1778257432"},{"product_id":"h-potter-garden-trellis-black-finish-set-of-2","title":"H Potter Geometric Iron Garden Small Trellis – Set of 2 - 58\" Tall - Black Powder-Coated Finish","description":"\u003cul class=\"a-unordered-list a-vertical a-spacing-none\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSET OF 2 - BLACK FINISH - METAL GARDEN TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – New from the H Potter design team, our geometric trellis set is here with solid lines and swooping planes. Built from solid iron, this trellis offers functional vine support ideal for climbing plants such as roses, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Accentuate your fencing by placing this trellis set next to it, or grow climbing plants up the trellises to create your own unique garden living wall, add as wall decor to your outdoor spaces, or simply place as the centerpiece of your backyard garden. No matter where you plan on placing this trellis set around your home and garden, this set will stand out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Professionally packaged with some assembly required, each large metal trellis is ready to stand the test of time in your garden. With dimensions of 24 inches wide and 58 inches tall, plus 13 inch ground spikes, this heavy duty trellis comes with a secure anchoring system that will support heavy plant material. Keep your plants supported and your garden and home a safe space with the garden trellis. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFREESTANDING METAL TRELLISES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Take your outdoor space to the next level, and enhance the environment around your home. With its unique design and heavy durable iron construction, this H Potter trellis is the perfect fit for garden entrances, patios, decks, wall art, or as a privacy screen, or standalone for climbing plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBLACK POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – With a beautiful black powder coat finish, this trellis provides a beautiful and stylish appeal for your garden. Ideal for summer plants or to support flowering vine, or as a standalone piece in the fall and winter. This trellis is your perfect solution to year round decor with its weather resistant finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter do custom work? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom work is not available. Items are only available in the sizes, finishes and colors shown on our website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are H Potter products made? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter items are manufactured at our partnered factory in India. Glass terrariums are handcrafted in India and China.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer discounts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not offer discounts, but we do offer fast, free shipping and exceptional customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan H Potter provide detailed information about warehouse deals? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not have specific pictures or information regarding each individual warehouse deal item. Warehouse deals are typically customer returns or photo shoot items. We inspect items upon their return to make sure glass is not broken, items have not been used or major components are not missing, this said, items could have dents or dings, hardware may be missing, outer boxes may show wear and tear. It is not feasible to provide specific photos detailing the issues as each individual item would need its own sku identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter ship outside of the United States? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrently, H Potter is not offering shipping outside the lower 48.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement parts? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does not keep an inventory of replacement parts. If an item arrives and a small part is damaged, please contact us for solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes H Potter offer replacement glass? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eH Potter does offer replacement glass for lanterns and torches. Please contact H Potter via text at 208-640-4206 if replacement glass items are showing out of stock. When ordering replacement glass for lanterns please note the lantern SKU for which you are requesting the replacement glass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_left\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is H Potter’s return policy? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers are responsible for return shipping, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hpotter.com\/return-policy\/\"\u003ehere's our policy.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. This trellis is powder-coated a flat black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eEach trellis dimensions 24\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e inches wide by 58 inches high, plus 13 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great option to use for decorating your garden or outdoor wall space. Beautiful on their own or adorned with climbing plants, a trellis can be just the thing you need to enhance your yard. In addition to their beauty, a trellis can also offer great privacy. Our H Potter Large Iron Garden Trellis will look great wherever you put it. Use it to add some elegance to your wall or fence area, or get a few metal garden trellises and create a private haven in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48754597986612,"sku":"GAR689S2","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-geometric-iron-garden-trellis-lifestyle-set.jpg?v=1778103388"},{"product_id":"h-potter-metal-garden-trellis-fan-style-black-finish-set-of-2","title":"H Potter Metal Garden Trellis Fan Style Black Finish Set of 2","description":"\u003cul class=\"a-unordered-list a-vertical a-spacing-none\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLARGE SET OF 2 - BLACK FINISH - METAL GARDEN TRELLIS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Brought to you from the H Potter design team, this new garden fan style trellis set is ready to support all kinds of climbing and flowering plants in your garden. This trellis is built from solid iron to offer your garden functional vine support, ideal for climbing plants such as rose, ivy, honeysuckle, clematis and jasmine. Take advantage of the swooping fan design, accentuate your fencing by placing this trellis next to it, or grow climbing plants up the trellis to create your own unique garden living wall, add as wall decor to your outdoor spaces, or simply place as the centerpiece of your garden. No matter where you plan on placing this trellis around your home and garden, this piece will stand out. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSECURELY PACKAGED AND BUILT TO LAST\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Professionally packaged with some assembly required, this large metal trellis set is ready to stand the test of time in your garden. With dimensions of 30.5 inches wide and 68 inches tall, this heavy duty trellis comes with a secure anchoring system that will support heavy plant material. Keep your plants supported and your garden and home a safe space with the garden trellis spikes. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUNIQUE METAL TRELLIS DESIGN\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – Enhance the environment of your home and take your outdoor space to the next level. With its unique design and heavy durable iron construction, this H Potter harvest fan trellis is the perfect fit for garden entrances, patios, decks, wall art, or as a privacy screen, or standalone for climbing plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBLACK POWDER COATED FINISH\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\" class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e – With a beautiful black powder coat finish, this large trellis provides a beautiful and stylish appeal for your garden. Ideal for summer plants or to support flowering vine, or as a standalone piece in the fall and winter. This trellis is your perfect solution to year round decor with its weather resistant finish. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQUALITY BY H POTTER\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: large;\"\u003e – H Potter has been designing and manufacturing premium quality garden products since 1997. We do not pretend to be the cheapest, but you get what you pay for. With stunning craftsmanship and backed by great customer service, we’re proud to say our garden products are built to last.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_main\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq_right\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMaterials \u0026amp; Care\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Materials_main\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter metal trellises are created using heavy duty iron for ultimate durability. This trellis is powder-coated a flat black and finished with a high grade clear-coat protective sealer. This smooth finish can be spray painted once you receive your trellis if you prefer a different color. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo add a bit of extra protection to the finish, you might choose to apply a coat or two of clear spray paint annually to the trellis. Clear spray paint can be purchased in a spray can at a hardware type store. Sometimes during transit or while the trellis is in the ground, small hairline cracks can occur in the finish due to the metal flexing. If you notice this has occurred, please spray the area with the same clear spray paint. Please use care during assembly. If you happen to mar the finish during assembly you should repair the area with a clear spray paint. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH Potter trellises are all packaged with ground spikes. If you purchased the optional wall mounting brackets most customers do not choose to attach the ground spikes, but it is up to you based on your installation location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wall mounting brackets include wood screws for installation. If you are mounting the brackets on a different type of surface, you will need to purchase the proper hardware for the installation. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-title=\"\"\u003eMeasurements other images\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-its-tab-text=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Measurements\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003eThe trellis dimensions \u003cspan class=\"a-list-item\"\u003e 30.5 inches wide by 68 inches high, plus 12 inch ground spikes\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eheavy duty trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great option to use for decorating your garden or outdoor wall space. Beautiful on their own or adorned with climbing plants, a trellis can be just the thing you need to enhance your yard. In addition to their beauty, a trellis can also offer great privacy. Our H Potter Large Iron Garden Trellis will look great wherever you put it. Use it to add some elegance to your wall or fence area, or get a few metal garden trellises and create a private haven in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"H Potter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48895504122164,"sku":"GAR691S2","price":393.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0796\/1775\/3396\/files\/h-potter-metal-garden-trellis-fan-black-finish-set.jpg?v=1779231176"}],"url":"https:\/\/hpotter.com\/collections\/frontpage.oembed?page=2","provider":"H Potter","version":"1.0","type":"link"}